lepton-eda-1.9.18/ 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000000000 14244705635 010655 5 0000000 0000000 lepton-eda-1.9.18/Makefile.am 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000007554 14244335522 012636 0000000 0000000 if ENABLE_ATTRIB
ATTRIB_DIR=libleptonattrib
endif
if ENABLE_CONTRIB
CONTRIB_DIR=contrib
endif
SUBDIRS = \
liblepton \
${ATTRIB_DIR} \
libleptongui \
schematic \
utils \
symbols \
docs \
examples \
${CONTRIB_DIR}
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
# We need to ensure that `make distcheck' *doesn't* find a git
# repository!
#
# We also should be able to successfully build & install without
# groff.
false=/bin/sh -c '! :'
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = \
GIT="$(false)" \
GROFF="$(false)" \
--disable-update-xdg-database
BUILT_SOURCES = version.h
TEST_LOG_DRIVER = $(GUILE) $(top_srcdir)/build-tools/test-driver.scm
AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = env \
LANG=C \
abs_top_builddir='$(abs_top_builddir)' \
abs_top_srcdir='$(abs_top_srcdir)' \
GUILE_AUTO_COMPILE='0' \
GUILE_LOAD_PATH='$(abs_top_srcdir)/tests' \
GUILE_LOAD_COMPILED_PATH='' \
LEPTON_INHIBIT_RC_FILES='yes' \
COMPARE='$(IM_COMPARE)' \
CONVERT='$(IM_CONVERT)' \
IDENTIFY='$(IM_IDENTIFY)' \
FILE='$(FILE)'
TESTS = \
tests/archive.test \
tests/cli.test \
tests/config.test \
tests/embed.test \
tests/export.test \
tests/netlist.test \
tests/shell.test \
tests/symcheck.test \
tests/tragesym.test \
tests/upcfg.test \
tests/update.test
EXTRA_DIST = \
autogen.sh \
version.h \
version.h.in \
CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md \
CONTRIBUTING.md \
COPYING \
COPYING.LGPL \
NEWS.md \
README.md \
ChangeLog \
tests/env.scm \
$(TESTS)
# Generate version.h. This works by looking at any git repository that
# is present in the source directory (detected at configure time). If
# there is a git repository, the HEAD commitid is checked every time
# the package is built to see if it has changed. If so, version.h is
# regenerated. If there isn't a git repository, version.h is just
# assumed to be present (since the generated version.h is distributed
# in the source tarball).
if HAVE_GIT_REPO
version.h: stamp-git $(top_builddir)/configure $(srcdir)/version.h.in
@if test ! -f version.h; then \
rm -f stamp-git; \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) stamp-git; \
else :; fi
@date_ver=$(DATE_VERSION); dotted_ver=$(DOTTED_VERSION); \
git_commit=`cd $(srcdir) && $(GIT) rev-parse HEAD`; \
sed -e"s:^.*\(PACKAGE_DATE_VERSION\).*$$:#define \1 \"$$date_ver\":" \
-e"s:^.*\(PACKAGE_DOTTED_VERSION\).*$$:#define \1 \"$$dotted_ver\":" \
-e"s:^.*\(PACKAGE_GIT_COMMIT\).*$$:#define \1 \"$$git_commit\":" \
< $(srcdir)/version.h.in > version.h.new; \
if diff version.h version.h.new > /dev/null 2>&1; then \
echo "version.h is unchanged"; \
rm -f version.h.new; \
else \
echo "Recreating version.h"; \
mv version.h.new version.h; \
fi
stamp-git:
@last_version=`if test -f stamp-git; then cat stamp-git; else :; fi`; \
now_version=`cd $(srcdir) && $(GIT) rev-parse HEAD`; \
if test "X$$now_version" != "X$$last_version"; then \
echo $$now_version > stamp-git; \
echo "Now at git commit $$now_version..."; \
fi
.PHONY: stamp-git
endif HAVE_GIT_REPO
doxygen:
if ENABLE_DOXYGEN
@for subdir in libleptonattrib/docs libleptongui/docs \
liblepton/docs ; do \
(cd $$subdir; $(MAKE) doxygen) || exit 1; \
done
else
@echo 'configure was not run with the --enable-doxygen switch.'
@echo 'The documentation cannot be built from the sources.'
endif
precompile:
@LEPTON_SCM_PRECOMPILE=1 \
LEPTON_SCM_PRECOMPILE_SCRIPT=$(datadir)/lepton-eda/scheme/schematic/precompile.scm \
LEPTON_SCM_PRECOMPILE_SCM_DIR=$(datadir)/lepton-eda/scheme \
LEPTON_SCM_PRECOMPILE_OUT_DIR=$(datadir)/lepton-eda/ccache \
LEPTON_SCM_PRECOMPILE_RECURSIVE=1 \
LEPTON_SCM_PRECOMPILE_FNAME_EXT=.scm \
$(bindir)/lepton-schematic
install-data-local:
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)
cp -v $(srcdir)/README.md $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)
cp -v $(srcdir)/NEWS.md $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)
uninstall-local:
rm -vfr $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/liblepton
rm -vfr $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libleptonattrib
rm -vfr $(DESTDIR)$(pkgdatadir)
rm -vfr $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)
CLEANFILES = stamp-git
lepton-eda-1.9.18/NEWS.md 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000354351 14244652676 011714 0000000 0000000 Recent Changes in Lepton EDA
============================
This file documents important user-visible changes in Lepton EDA. For
more information, please consult `git log` history.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.18 (upcoming)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- The minimal required version of GTK3 has been bumped to 3.22.
- Several deprecated GTK3 functions related to GUI have been
replaced with newer ones or removed, thus eliminating hundreds
of compilation warnings when Lepton is compiled with the
`--with-gtk3` option.
- `lepton-symcheck` tests have been transformed into `srfi-64`
ones and included in the common integration test suite, thus
reducing the number of different Lepton test suites by one.
- Fixed the issue with `make check` which failed if the command
was launched after the tools were built in the C++ mode.
- The vulnerable Glib function `g_memdup()` has been replaced with
`g_memdup2()` in the tools. A workaround has been added for
Glib versions before 2.68 that do not support the latter.
### Changes when building from source:
- Scheme libraries do no longer depend on functions defined in the
C code of Lepton libraries, so native compilation of all Scheme
code without Guile snarfing is now supported. See below for
more.
- A new `configure` option, `--enable-guild`, has been added to
enable beforehand compilation of Guile sources of the tools.
Please see [README](README.md) for more information.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- All so named `core` Scheme modules defined in C and their
functions have been reimplemented using Scheme foreign function
interface, thus making the library independent of Guile snarfing
and clearly separating C and Scheme interface as well as
allowing compilation of Scheme modules without applying several
special tricks as it used to be previously. Some artifacts and
dependence on Guile library are still present on the C side of
`liblepton`. In spite of it, the Scheme modules that previously
were dependent on the `core` modules can now be simply compiled
with generic Guile compiler `guild`.
- The module `(lepton core gettext)` has been renamed to `(lepton
gettext)`. It does not belong to the set of modules defined in
C described above.
- The functions that were previously available in the module
`(lepton core toplevel)` reside now in `(lepton toplevel)`.
- Functions, used for exporting a current color map for later
including in Scheme RC scripts (typically, `gschemrc`), now
support output of translucent colors by adding alpha channel
values for colors that are not fully opaque.
- A new module, `(lepton autoplace)`, has been created from three
legacy scripts: `auto-place-attribs.scm`,
`auto-place-netname.scm`, and `default-attrib-positions.scm`.
The module merges functionality of the scripts and exports three
legacy functions that can be used for automatic placement of
attributes in `lepton-schematic` GUI using Scheme hooks:
- `autoplace-pin-attributes`
- `autoplace-object-attributes`
- `place-netname-attribute-handler`
Please see examples of using the functions in the configuration
file `conf/schematic/deprecated.scm` usually living in the
directory `${prefix}/share/lepton-eda/scheme}`. Two previously
available variables defining the behavior of the auto-placement
code have been moved to the new module and are not currently
available in any Lepton configuration files:
`default-position-of-text-attributes` and
`autoplace-attributes-grid`. Some better mechanism is desirable
to make the settings available in the current configuration.
- Provisions have been added against potential memory leaks in
export functions in case they are called multiple times in
Scheme scripts, which also eliminated several build warnings.
### Changes in `libleptongui`:
- The library does no longer depend on Guile snarfing and Scheme
functions defined in C code, which allowed for eliminating so
named `core` Scheme modules. This is the same change as
described above in the section for `liblepton`.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- A new color chooser widget for the GTK3 version of the program
has been introduced. Apart from stock functionality and a
combobox for color selection, as in the version for GTK2, it
has two buttons: *Apply* and *Toggle Editor*. The former is
used to apply a selected color to immediately see the changes on
the canvas, and the latter is for toggling between palette
swatch view and color editor in the widget.
- Both color chooser versions, for GTK2 and GTK3, now support
selecting and displaying translucent colors.
- Color swatches for color selection in the color chooser widget
and various other widgets now display non-opaque, translucent
colors by rendering them applied to a checkered background
pattern.
- Previously, the export image GUI function in the GTK3 version of
the program produced images with wrong fonts as it utilized some
default font name. Now it has been fixed so that it outputs the
fonts set up in the configuration files.
- The following rest Scheme modules defined in C have been
rewritten using Scheme FFI and removed:
- `(schematic core attrib)`
- `(schematic core hook)`
- `(schematic core keymap)`
- `(schematic core selection)`
- `(schematic core undo)`
- `(schematic core util)`
- `(schematic core window)`
While some parts of the C code of the program still depend on
`libguile`, this change, in general, untangles many
interdependencies in the code by separating its C and Scheme
parts.
- The module `(schematic gschemdoc)` has been renamed to
`(schematic doc)`.
- The hook `complex-place-list-changed-hook()` has been amended so
it now works with a list of objects instead of a single
component object. The argument list usually includes an
inserted component and its toplevel (floating) attributes, so
the users can handle all them directly in their custom code.
The configuration example code for automatic relocation of
attributes around their component on insertion has been amended
according to the change.
- Previously, the code for automatic placement of attributes could
place them at arbitrary coords, even inaccessible in the program
GUI, or at a wrong place around the object they should be
attached to. It depended on some conditions: if and how many
objects are selected, where the mouse pointer is, and if the
user used hotkey or mouse click on menus for adding an
attribute. These bugs have been fixed.
- Three potential memory leaks related to the File selection
dialog code have been fixed.
### Changes in `lepton-attrib`:
- Porting the program to the stable GTK version 3.24 has been
completed.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.17 (20211219)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- All Lepton tools now support attributes with empty values.
### Changes when building from source:
- Support for Guile 2.0 has been dropped.
- Lepton now requires GTK 3.2.0 or later versions for build with
GTK3 support.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- Support for dlopening foreign libraries used in Lepton by Scheme
code has been improved so that Lepton could find the necessary
libraries even if there is no development files for them
installed on user's system. This fixes the issue of finding
libraries by Guile on systems like Debian and its derivatives.
Guile requires library names to end up with standard exstensions
like `.la` or `.so`. On Debian, for example, library names may
have some version numbers appended to them and symlinks with
canonical names are distributed in separate development
packages. One portable solution of the issue is using
`ldconfig` for obtaining the names of the existing library
files. The tool can be now used on the `./configure` stage of
Lepton compilation to hardcode the names in Scheme. A new
environment variable, `USE_LDCONFIG`, has been introduced to
make use of this approach. To trigger retrieving the names,
just do: `./configure USE_LDCONFIG=/sbin/ldconfig ...`
- The following core Scheme modules written in C have been removed
and their functions have been reimplemented using Scheme FFI:
- `(lepton core attrib)`
- `(lepton core component)`
- `(lepton core config)`
- `(lepton core page)`
- `(lepton core rc)`
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- Support for GTK3 *smooth* scrolling events has been added in the
GTK3 version of the program.
### Changes in `lepton-cli`:
- The program has been rewritten in Scheme and splitted up into
four separate utilities that provide different functionality
which was previously built-in in one binary of the tool:
- `lepton-config` provides facilities for working with Lepton
configuration system,
- `lepton-export` deals with exporting of schematics and symbols
into various image formats,
- `lepton-shell` provides the interactive Scheme REPL and,
- `lepton-cli` is a tool that can launch all the above utilities
using corresponding commands `config`, `export`, and `shell`,
as before.
- The new Scheme `lepton-cli` utility, unlike the previous code,
does not allow for merely skipping `--` just after command name
in the command line and behaves the same way like Guile does,
that is, interprets all options after `--` as file names.
- `lepton-cli config` now does check if the specified directory
exists and reports if it does not, returning non-zero exit
status.
- Redundant arguments on the `lepton-cli config` invocation are no
longer ignored. Instead, the command prompts the user of what's
happening and exits with non-zero exit status.
- More consistent processing of the option `-p` has been
implemented in `lepton-cli config`. `-p` can be now used in two
forms, `-pPATH` or `-p PATH`, that is, it is processed the same
way with or without space. On the contrary, its long version,
`--project`, can only be given as `--project=PATH`. Ambiguous
form `-p=PATH` which may suggest that a project directory name
is equal to `=PATH`, is now disallowed as an extension not
conforming to POSIX and GNU standards. On the other hand, the
ambiguity of the expression `-p path` has been eliminated: if
the option `-p` is not the last command line argument, the next
argument is considered to be belonging to it and means a project
directory path, *not* a configuration group name.
- `lepton-cli config` now warns the user if the directories given
in the command-line are missing. Previously, it could output
misleading messages about other errors, e.g., that the user may
specify only one configuration store.
- In `lepton-cli config`, an argument is now required by the
options `-s` and `-u`, so using any combination of them in
series without a file name argument leads to errors about wrong
file names.
### Changes in `contrib`:
- Utilities `gsymupdate` and `gschupdate` have been replaced with
a new utility, `lepton-update`, written in Scheme. The old
utilities parsed schematic and symbol files directly, which
sometimes could lead to wrong results, and were broken since
introducing `lepton-embed`. The new tool, as many others in the
suite, uses `liblepton` and does better job when updating
obsolete files. Please see *lepton-update(1)* for more.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.16 (20210731)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- Compilation warnings on running Lepton utilities written in
Scheme, which shown up in the previous release, have been fixed.
- Several symbols in the `sym/analog` have been fixed by adding
missing `footprint`, `value`, and `symversion` attributes.
- Test schematics for netlister have been made self-sufficient by
adding symbols they depend on.
- A new integration test suite written in Scheme has been added to
unify testing of all Lepton utilities in future.
### Changes when building from source:
- Versions of `Cygwin` libraries are now updated automatically.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- Several Scheme functions related to source libraries have been
fixed or improved as follows:
- The function `source-library-search()` no longer adds wrong
directories with duplicated root name.
- The functions `source-library()`, `source-library-search()`,
`reset-source-library()` now return the value of the default
source library record.
- The functions now check the type of their arguments and raise
`'wrong-type-arg` exception if it is wrong.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- Several status bar indicators have been made interactive. Now,
the user can change the *rubber band* and *magnetic net* modes
and sizes of grid and snap simply by clicking on the indicators.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- The output of the `switcap` netlister backend which was broken
for several years is now fixed according to its documentation.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.15 (20210626)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- The test suite has been fixed and now `make distcheck` can
be run under the `root` user account without errors.
- Lepton now fully supports GTK 3.0.0:
- Several warnings on functions deprecated in GTK/GDK 3.0.0 have
been fixed.
- See also changes in `lepton-schematic` below.
- A bug with visual representation of arcs in raster images and on
canvas of `lepton-schematic` has been fixed.
- All Lepton utilities, even the GUI ones, no longer use
`liblepton` as a Scheme extension. Now the libraries are
properly dynamically loaded by Scheme as any other libs.
### Changes when building from source:
- Fixed building with `--disable-attrib`: the `bin/lepton-attrib`
script is no longer installed.
- Versions of `Cygwin` libraries have been updated to match actual
versions of `liblepton`, `libleptongui` and `libleptonattrib`.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- Several core C structs in the library have been amended to
contain only relevant information about primitive objects.
- The following core Scheme modules written in C have been removed
and their functions have been reimplemented using Scheme FFI:
- `(lepton core deprecated)`
- `(lepton core object)`
- `(lepton core os)`
- A new module, `(lepton object type)`, has been introduced. It
now contains functions from `(lepton object)`, and exported in
that module as well, that query the type of primitive Lepton's
objects.
- Definitions of foreign functions are now residing in a new
module, `(lepton ffi)`. The module contains definitions of
Scheme counterparts of C functions in the `liblepton` library.
- The Scheme function `platform()` no longer outputs `'(carbon)`.
There is no reasonable replacement yet, so the function outputs
`'(unknown)` on those Mac machines on which it usually did so.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- Snap size and grid size indicators now have separate labels
in the status bar. The snap size label changes its text color
and decoration to draw user's attention when snap size currently
set differs from the value in configuration. It helps avoiding
mistakes when constructing new symbols.
- Lepton now fully supports GTK 3.0.0. Apart from fixes mentioned
above the following changes have been made:
- A bug of not showing text of hidden attributes in the
**Multiattrib** dialog of `lepton-schematic` has been fixed.
- Displaying of tabs has been improved.
- Displaying of the **Object properties** dialog in the docked
view of the program has been fixed so all widgets are shown
properly now.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.14 (20210407)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- The output of `--help` and `--version` command line options for
all utils has been unified and simplified: reduced long lines,
added links to Lepton's issue tracker and home page as well as
copyright information. The options have been added to the
programs that missed them.
- Several changes have been made in the directory layout of the
repository:
- Directory with examples for `gmk_sym` has been moved to
`contrib/` in where the script actually resides.
- The program `lepton-renum` has been moved to `contrib/`.
- The following scripts have been moved with tests, examples and
documentation to dedicated directories under `utils/`:
- `lepton-archive`
- `lepton-attrib`
- `lepton-cli`
- `lepton-embed`
- `lepton-netlist`
- `lepton-pcb_backannotate`
- `lepton-refdes_renum`
- `lepton-sch2pcb`
- `lepton-schdiff`
- `lepton-symcheck`
- `lepton-symfix`
- `lepton-tragesym`
- `lepton-upcfg`
- `m4` files used by `autoconf` have been renamed.
- `ChangeLog` files for Lepton tools are no longer generated. A
toplevel `ChangeLog` file has been added with description of
where and how to get the information on changes.
- Empty `ChangeLog` files have been removed from `po/` directories.
- `.gitignore` files have been cleaned up.
- Several other documentation files have been moved from
`utils/` to `contrib/` or `docs/`, or removed.
- The contents of the `symbols/` directory has been reorganized
as well:
- Most of symbols have been moved to `symbols/sym`.
- Added the subdirectory `docs/` for documentation.
- Added the subdirectory `scheme/` for Scheme files.
- Directories with symbols that have names conflicting with
those living in the `sym/` subdirectory have been renamed
and are now prefixed with `sym-`.
### Changes when building from source:
- Fixed building of *doxygen* documentation.
### Changes in `docs`:
- Relatively new Scheme functions are now documented in the Lepton
EDA Scheme manual: `config?()`, `user-cache-dir()`,
`cache-config-context()`, and `anyfile-config-context()`.
- Lepton EDA reference manual has been updated with info on
`lepton-cli` usage.
- Fixed a link in Lepton EDA reference manual to the Lepton EDA
Scheme API manual in HTML format.
- The contents of the file `nc.doc` about no-connection symbols
has been moved to the Lepton EDA reference manual.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- The module `(lepton core smob)` written in C does no longer
exist. Its exported functions have been reimplemented using
Scheme FFI.
- Many of the basic Scheme functions in the `(lepton core object)`
module defined in the C code have been rewritten using plain
Scheme FFI.
- Foreign functions in Scheme code have been renamed accordingly
to their C counterparts.
- The files which names started with `geda_` have been renamed and
this prefix has been dropped.
- The types which names were prefixed with `Geda` have been
renamed and now have the prefix `Lepton`. Their sibling types,
e.g. `OBJECT` for `LeptonObject` have been removed.
- The functions which names were prefixed with `geda_` have been
renamed so that their name are now start with `lepton_`. Many
other functions related to objects have been renamed in similar
way as well.
- The `component_embedded` field of the `LeptonObject` structure
has been renamed to `embedded` and moved to `LeptonComponent`.
Accessors for this field have been added to not use it directly.
- Many new checks for object type have been added in functions
dealing with objects.
- Object types are no longer queried explicitly in the code. Type
accessors have been added which are used both in C and Scheme
FFI code.
- Accessors for the `CHANGED` field of the renamed structure
`LeptonPage` have been added to facilitate using it in Scheme.
- The following redundant types have been eliminated: `BOX`,
`OBJECT_END`, `OBJECT_FILLING`, `OBJECT_TYPE`, `PATH`,
`PICTURE`, `SELECTION`, `TEXT`, `TOPLEVEL`, `UNDO`, `sPOINT`.
- The type `LeptonStroke` has been factored out of `LeptonObject`.
Its inherited fields have been renamed to match to corresponding
Scheme functions. C accessors for each member of the new
structure have been added as well.
- Several accessors for `LeptonObject` structure members have been
added.
- Accessors for all fields of picture objects have been added.
- The ad hoc object type `OBJ_PLACEHOLDER` has been eliminated.
- Previously, some of the functions for new object creation had
the `type` argument. The argument has been removed as
superfluous since it is always known which object is created.
- Embedding code for pictures and components has been splitted up,
moved to appropriate places, and reduced.
- Four unit tests that previously worked well with Guile 3.0.4
started to fail with Guile 3.0.5 on Debian. The tests have been
fixed so they pass with either of the versions.
### Changes in `libleptongui`:
- Scheme module `(schematic core builtins)` defined in C code has
been removed. Its functions are now defined in the module
`(gschem deprecated)`.
- Gettext domain for the library has been renamed from
**lepton-schematic** to **libleptongui** to be consistent with
other tools.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- Fixed exporting of necessary modules in several Scheme files.
- Several superfluous and erroneous `gafrc` files have been
removed from the `examples/` subdirectory.
### Changes in `lepton-attrib`:
- The program used to use colors to designate the visibility of
affected attributes in schematic editor. A status bar with a
color legend has been added prompting the user of the meaning of
the colors used.
- The current file name is now displayed in the title of the
program window. If several files are open, "Multiple files" is
shown in the caption instead. If there were changes in any of
the opened files, this is marked by an asterisk prepended to the
title caption.
- Slot numbers are now explicitly displayed in parentheses with
the word "slot" after reference designators, e.g. **U1 (slot
3)** instead of **U1.3** as it was previously. This is to
prevent confusion if the user actually wants to use dot
separators in refdeses.
- Only those components that really have the `slot=` attribute are
now shown as slotted.
- The overwrite confirmation dialog will now displayed on *File* →
*Export CSV* if an already existing file is selected for output.
- Default response in the *Delete Attribute* dialog has been
changed to "No".
- The *About* dialog has been improved and now it looks like one
in `lepton-schematic`.
- Modification status update on saving has been fixed.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- The long command line option `--command` has been introduced as
an analog of the short option `-c`.
- The program used to output backtraces on wrong command line
options. Now backtraces are avoided. Instead, a short error
message and a useful prompt are shown.
- Fixed crashes when the command line contains the text as
follows: `-c '(quit)'`.
- The behaviour of the combobox for choosing the way of symbol
insertion in the component selection dialog was broken in the
previous version and now has been fixed.
- Text in several dialog titles has been improved, fixed, or
added. In particular, the title of the close confirmation
dialog now shows the name of the program instead of "unknown".
- Default response in the overwrite confirmation dialog is now
"No" to avoid accidental overwriting of files.
- Color scheme error dialog was not shown previously. This has
been fixed.
- The bus drawing tool supposed to behave the same way as the net
tool. A click with the right mouse button cancels the net
action. This did not work with bus actions, which is now fixed.
- Modified schematic pages used to be shown as marked with an
asterisk in tabbed view. Now, "Save" buttons are shown instead,
which allows the user to quickly save files with the mouse if
toolbars are turned off.
- The tab buttons, "Save" and "Close" have now tool-tips
describing their functions.
- The edit attribute dialog has been improved: now its section
"Add attribute" is collapsible, that is, it may get folded or
unfolded, which allows to see more attributes at once. This
state is preserved during the program run.
### Changes in `lepton-renum`:
- Build date and time are no longer hard-coded in the sources to
aid reproducible builds.
### Changes in `lepton-pcb_backannotate`:
- Previously, the script code searched for the "Id" string in
itself and, being unable to find it, exited with the error
message "Could not determine version". Now the script prints
Lepton version and copyright instead.
- Refdes renaming has been fixed by exchanging parameters of the
`%cmd_rename` hash.
- Deprecated `defined` construct that raised a fatal error since
Perl version 5.22 has been removed.
- Man page of the script has been improved.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.13 (20201211)
-----------------------------------------------
Bugfix release.
### Changes when building from source:
- Build for Cygwin has been fixed in that the Lepton GUI tools now
actually work.
- Fixed installation of images into the info directory.
- File `color-map.scm`, removed in the previous release, has been
restored for backward compatibility.
### Changes in `lepton-attrib`:
- Two long standing bugs in the program, that manifested
themselves when the user deleted an attribute column in the
spreadsheet, have been fixed:
- The program did not prompt the user on unsaved changes on
exit.
- All invisible attributes became visible.
### Changes in `lepton-gui`:
- Fixed processing of options `-c` and `-s` broken in the previous
release.
- Reduced the number of Help menu items pointing to obsolete wiki
documentation.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.12 (20201204)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- Started creation of Lepton EDA reference manual. The manual can
be opened from the `lepton-schematic` GUI by using HM keyboard shortcut.
- The empty `local` subdirectory has been removed from
the list of component libraries.
- Old ChangeLog files (<=2007) are no longer installed. They
hardly provide some any useful information for end users now and
any info can be easily received using git.
### Changes when building from source:
- Guile 3.0 support has been added.
- Experimental GTK 3.0 support has been added. A new `configure`
option, `--with-gtk3`, has been added to enable building
programs with GTK3. Please see [README](README.md) for more
information.
- Build with `-Wl,--no-undefined`, broken in the previous release,
has been revamped by merging two libraries, `liblepton` and
`libleptonrenderer`.
- Build for Cygwin has been fixed as well by the above change.
- The build option `--disable-attrib` broken in the previous
release has been fixed.
- The obsolete and pretty useless script `bom_xref.sh` has been
removed from the toolset.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- Code from the library `libleptonrenderer` has been merged into
`liblepton`.
- A new module, `(lepton eval)`, has been added. The new module
exports Scheme versions of functions `eval-protected()` and
`eval-string-protected()` previously defined in C code.
- A new module, `(lepton ffi)`, has been introduced. It contains
general definitions related to Scheme FFI.
- Refactored color system code:
- A new module, `(lepton color-map)` has been added.
- Procedures `print-color-map()`, `display-color-map()`, and
`display-outline-color-map()` have been moved to the module.
- The procedures now return their color-map values instead of
just `#t`.
- The module additionally exports the variable
`%color-name-map`. It returns the set of valid symbols for
color names.
- Print color maps for dark and light color schemes have been
fixed:
- The `grid` color name has been replaced with `dots-grid`.
- Missing colors `mesh-grid-major` and`mesh-grid-minor` have
been added.
- Scheme functions working with version of the tools have been
added or refactored:
- Added procedure `lepton-version-data()` which can return the
list of version strings by requested symbol names.
- Added procedure `lepton-version-ref()` which retrieves one
version data element by its symbol name.
- Added generic procedure `display-lepton-version()`.
- `lepton-version()` has been refactored. Please see its
docstring for more.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- C source code has been transformed into a new library,
`libleptongui`. `lepton-schematic` is now an executable Scheme
script which uses Guile FFI to make the job done, allowing to
play with it without recompilation of the underlying C code.
- Setting of the environment variable `LD_LIBRARY_PATH` may be
needed for users installing Lepton from sources if the system
configuration does not include the path to `libleptongui`.
- Two new Scheme modules, `(schematic ffi)` and `(schematic ffi
gtk)`, have been added to the suite. They provide Scheme FFI
bindings for GTK functions.
- A new environment variable, **LIBLEPTONGUI**, has been added in
order the user to redefine the path to the `libleptongui`
library "on the fly". This can be used, e.g., for test suite or
in development for testing changes without installation of the
library.
- Scheme builtin action procedures that were defined in C code and
that were not available in some circumstances, e.g. in remote
REPL, are now available in the module `(gschem deprecated)`.
- Three C functions for creating dialogs and their corresponding
Scheme counterparts have been re-implemented in Scheme using FFI
and renamed. The new functions are exported in a new Scheme
module, `(schematic dialog)`. Those functions are:
- `schematic-message-dialog` (former `gschem-msg`)
- `schematic-confirm-dialog` (former `gschem-confirm`)
- `schematic-fileselect-dialog` (former `gschem-filesel`)
- Guile module `(srfi srfi-37)` is now used instead of `(ice-9
getopt-long)` for command line option processing.
- A new option, `--command`, can now be used as an alias for `-c`.
- The keyword `G_` is now used for translation of strings in
Scheme code in order to prevent conflicts with other Guile
functions such as, e.g., `match()`. It's the same change as one
that have been recently made in Guile 3.0.
- Several new additional shortcuts have been added which are used
in many other programs to ease working with the tools for
newbies:
- Control+N for opening a new file
- Control+O for opening an existing file
- Control+S for file saving
- Control+P for printing the contents of a file
- Control+Shift+Z for redo (as
an inversion for Control+Z for undo)
- Another bunch of additional shortcuts has been added to simplify
zooming for the same reasons:
- =, Control+=, and
KP_Add for zooming in
- -, Control+-, and
KP_Subtract for zooming out
- 0, Control+0, and
KP_Multiply for zooming to extents
- Filters behavior in the file chooser dialogs has been
improved. In the `Save As` dialog the filter is set based
on the current schematic's file name. Extensions containing
letters in different case are now correctly recognized,
filters can work with file names matching the following
shell patterns: `*.[sS][cC][hH]` and `*.[sS][yY][mM]`.
- It is now possible to change a color of net and bus objects
in the `Object Properties` dialog.
- All available colors are now shown in the colors combo box,
disabled ones are designated as "[ disabled ]".
- Two new keywords, `symbol-attribs` and `pin-attribs`, have been
added to the `[schematic.attrib]` configuration group in order
to replace the functionality of the legacy procedure
`attribute-name()`. The procedure is now exported in the module
`(schematic attrib)`. See updated Lepton reference manual for
more information.
- Fixed a regression in font displaying that appeared in the
previous Lepton version 1.9.11. Now lower aligned text objects
are displayed the same way as before, their anchor points now
specify positions of their baselines rather than bottom lines of
the text logical rectangles.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- Two issues in the `tEDAx` backend have been fixed:
- Parametric attribute values containing spaces between the
parameters were passed un-escaped in the backend output. Now
they are escaped according to [the tEDAx
spec](http://repo.hu/projects/tedax/syntax.html).
- Support for output of `nettag` net attributes, which had been
missing before, has been added.
### Changes in `lepton-attrib`:
- The source code of the program has been fixed so that it no
longer use a big change of obsolete third party spreadsheet
code. Instead, a dependency on another up-to-date project,
`gtkextra`, has been added.
- After the above change, another feature has been added. Now,
you can try to install a new, experimental GTK3 interface of the
program. Please see Lepton reference manual for more info.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.11 (20200604)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- Executable scripts `lepton-netlist` and `lepton-symcheck` have
been moved to the *utils/* directory. Their Scheme modules have
been moved to the directory with Scheme files of `liblepton`.
- Separate *gettext* domains of `lepton-netlist` and
`lepton-symcheck` have been removed.
- As a side effect of this transition, the messages by symbol
checker are now translated in `lepton-schematic` GUI.
- More Scheme strings have been added to translation.
- Two Scheme test suites, `liblepton`'s and `lepton-netlist`'s
ones, have been merged into one.
- Unit test for promotable attributes has been added.
- Old changelog files (*ChangeLog-1.0*) have been moved into one
directory and renamed.
### Changes when building from source:
- Build order has been changed and now `libleptonrenderer` is
built before `liblepton`.
### Changes in `lepton-cli`:
- The tool used to silently skip missing symbols on export without
rendering any placeholders. Rendering of placeholders has been
fixed.
- In some cases, for instance, when a Scheme script was evaluated
by the tool and no renderer was available, it output assertion
failures for text objects during calculation of their bounds,
which has been fixed.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- Localization support has been added. The utility had no
localization support since rewriting it in Scheme.
- The famous Scheme backend `spice-noqsi` has been added to the
list of backends. The directory with examples contains now its
documentation and example schematics.
### Changes in `lepton-symcheck`:
- Localization support has been added. The utility had no
localization support since rewriting it in Scheme.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- Log messages about `symversion` mismatch are no longer emitted
for missing schematic symbols.
- `symversion` attribute changes are now detected when a page is
opened. Previous behavior was to check just the first page passed
on the `lepton-schematic` command line.
- Log messages related to `symversion` have been changed to be
more compact and comprehensible.
- Several dialogs and dock widgets now have shorter and more
uniform titles.
- The "Major symbol version changes" dialog has been improved by
making it more informative and non-modal. A new dialog instance
is opened for each page with symbol version changes.
- The dialogs "Add picture", "Select picture" and "Execute script"
now have file filters, which eases selection of supported files.
- A new boolean configuration parameter has been added to the
`schematic.gui` group: `use-toplevel-windows` ( `false` by default).
Setting it to `true` allows the following widgets to behave like
top-level windows (i.e. do not stay on top of the main window):
- Page manager
- Log window
- Edit text
- Color scheme editor
- Object properties
- Options
- Font selector
- Find text results
- `lepton-schematic` now uses new (more compact) placeholders
for missing schematic symbols. Traditional placeholders (giant
red triangles with an exclamation mark and two lines of text)
can be turned back on by setting the `small-placeholders` key
in the `schematic.gui` group to `false`.
- The same font, defined in the `font` configuration key of the
`schematic.gui` group, is now used for printing and rendering of
objects in GUI.
- Several rendering issues, manifesting themselves on some modern
distributions where new Pango library (1.44) is used, have been
fixed:
- Different scaling of overbars on zooming.
- Wrong alignment and position of lower aligned text in printed
output.
- Changing of vertical spacing between paragraphs of text
separated with empty lines on zooming.
- Historically, text lines of the same object size with different
size of glyphs, for instance, all uppercase and all lowercase,
might be rendered as if they have different baseline position.
For example, `-` (*minus*) and `_` (*underscore*) could be
rendered on the same height, depending on alignment. This has
been changed, and now logical extents of text are used to
calculate and properly set its position.
- Showing/hiding of hidden text can now be set individually on per
page view basis.
### Changes in `lepton-upcfg`:
- Fixed a logging issue when the utility is called with some file
path as a command line parameter.
- The utility now has its own manual page `lepton-upcfg(1)`.
### Changes in `lepton-attrib`:
- The source code of the program has been transformed into a
library, `libleptonattrib`, and an executable script written in
Scheme. Thus, C functions of the new library can now be used in
other tools.
- The option `--quiet` has been removed.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- The procedure `process-gafrc()` from the module `(netlist)` has
been moved to the module `(lepton rc)` to be available for other
utilities.
- A new Scheme function, `anyfile-config-context()`, and its C
counterpart, have been added to the library. In future, they
can be used to support additional configuration files, for
example, files containing color schemes or component library
descriptions.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.10 (20200319)
-----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- Utilities written in Python, `lepton-archive`, `lepton-tragesym`
and others (please see below for more information), have been
rewritten in Scheme or removed, so there is no dependency on
Python any more.
- C source files, Scheme modules, types, functions, variables,
structure fields have been renamed to avoid using of ambiguous
word "**complex**" since it is used in Scheme to designate
complex numbers. The Scheme object type `'complex` has not been
renamed for backwards compatibility.
- Two unused old scheme scripts `print-NB-attribs.scm` and
`list-keys.scm` have been removed.
- Several other cleanups have been made in the source tree.
- The Scheme auto-load subdirectory `gafrc.d`
has been renamed to `autoload`.
- Obsolete environment variables `GEDADATA` and `GEDADATARC` are
no longer used in Lepton. Please use Scheme procedures `load`
or `primitive-load` in *gafrc* files to load your extensions.
- The directory *$HOME/.gEDA/* is no longer used for storing of
user configuration files. The new location for user config
files is *$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/lepton-eda/* (usually,
it is *$HOME/.config/lepton-eda*).
- Legacy `geda*.conf` configuration files are no longer used.
Settings are now read from `lepton*.conf` files.
To convert your settings to new format, please use the
`lepton-upcfg` utility.
- The obsolete and undocumented script `bompp.sh` has been
removed.
### Changes when building from source:
- The following obsolete `configure` options have been removed:
- `--with-kdedatadir` (for KDE 3)
- `--enable-relocatable` (non-portable)
- `--with-rcdir` (no longer usable)
- `--disable-deprecated` (no longer usable)
- `--enable-compat-symlinks` (does not make sense any more)
- Detection of installed `Guile` run-time and development packages
has been improved. Previously, after introducing support for
Guile 2.2, some users could encounter difficulties with building
from source when Guile development headers were distributed in
separate packages in their distribution and there was two
different Guile versions (2.0 and 2.2) installed on their
systems. They could get mysterious error messages about
applying a wrong object type. Point is that Guile 2.0 and Guile
2.2 use incompatible binary code format for compiled programs.
Now Lepton build system checks what development packages are
installed on user's system and chooses a correct version of
Guile for compilation. If it is impossible due to missing
required package, it reports the error on the configure stage.
- The `autogen.sh` script, while still available, is no longer
required for installation from the git repository. Please use
`autoreconf -ivf` instead.
- Building of the Scheme API HTML documentation with multiple
make jobs on FreeBSD has been fixed.
- `icon-theme-installer` script has been fixed by simplifying
its command line arguments checks, which makes it more portable
among various build environments.
- The command `make maintainer-clean` no longer removes
*configure* and its helper files, as well as *ChangeLog* and
*Makefile.in* files.
### Scheme API changes:
- The module `(geda log-rotate)` has been renamed to `(lepton
log-rotate)`.
- Several `(geda *)` modules have been renamed to `(lepton *)`
ones. All the functions and variables available are still
re-exported in the former ones but their using is discouraged.
The following renames have been made:
- `(geda attrib)` => `(lepton attrib)`
- `(geda config)` => `(lepton config)`
- `(geda log)` => `(lepton log)`
- `(geda object)` => `(lepton object)`
- `(geda os)` => `(lepton os)`
- `(geda repl)` => `(lepton repl)`
- The following *core* (written in C) Scheme modules have been
renamed:
- `(geda core attrib)` => `(lepton core attrib)`
- `(geda core complex)` => `(lepton core component)`
- `(geda core config)` => `(lepton core config)`
- `(geda core deprecated)` => `(lepton core deprecated)`
- `(geda core gettext)` => `(lepton core gettext)`
- `(geda core log)` => `(lepton core log)`
- `(geda core object)` => `(lepton core object)`
- `(geda core os)` => `(lepton core os)`
- `(geda core page)` => `(lepton core page)`
- `(geda core smob)` => `(lepton core smob)`
- `(geda core toplevel)` => `(lepton core toplevel)`
- Apart from expanding environment variables, the function
`expand-env-variables` from the `(lepton os)` module now replaces
**~/** (user home directory prefix) in file names in order to
make such names understandable for other functions. This allows
using this prefix in functions like `component-library` and
`source-library`.
- A couple of functions have been added to the `(lepton object)`
module to work with object's "embedded" state:
`object-embedded?` and `set-object-embedded!`.
- The **cache** configuration context can now be accessed in
Scheme code: `cache-config-context` function has been added
to the `(lepton config)` module.
- A new function, `component-filename`, has been added to the
`(lepton object)` module. It returns the full component's symbol
file path.
- `config-load!()` function in the `(lepton config)` module has been
modified to accept a new optional `boolean` parameter `force-load`,
which is `false` by default. Configuration is no longer reloaded
each time this function is called, unless you explicitly request
it by `#:force-load #t`.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- The module `(lepton library component)` has been amended to
support new Scheme layer around internal `%component-library` in
the `component-library` procedure, which prevents loading of
duplicate component libraries.
- The `bitmap-directory` `gafrc` option has been removed.
- The `gafrc` options listed below have been deprecated
and replaced with new configuration settings.
Please refer to the [Deprecated Settings](https://github.com/lepton-eda/lepton-eda/wiki/Deprecated-Settings#user-content-deprecated-gafrc) wiki document.
- `bus-ripper-symname` => `[schematic]::bus-ripper-symname`
- `always-promote-attributes` => `[schematic.attrib]::always-promote`
- `keep-invisible` => `[schematic.attrib]::keep-invisible`
- `attribute-promotion` => `[schematic.attrib]::promote`
- `promote-invisible` => `[schematic.attrib]::promote-invisible`
- `make-backup-files` => `[schematic.backup]::create-files`
- Fixed rotation of logs broken in Lepton 1.9.8.
- Fixed two long standing bugs in the procedure
`component-library-search`:
- Failure of the procedure in some cases when the root directory
processed by the procedure contained symbol files.
- Failure of the procedure with the `'out-of-range` exception if
the processed path contained 2 identical components at the end
and trailing slash (e.g. "/path/sym/sym/").
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- The module `(netlist rename)` has been removed. All previous
renaming functionality has been wholly thrown away.
- The module `(netlist pin-net)` has been removed. ``
records are no longer used in netlisting.
- The module `(netlist traverse)` has been removed. All its
functions have been moved to other appropriate modules.
- New data structures, *hierarchical*, or *over-port*, or
*vertical*, connections, have been introduced. They are used to
produce net names for schematics with subcircuits. This fixed
the issue with toplevel unnamed connections, using of which lead
to wrong netlists, and resulted in the following changes in output
netlists:
- The `geda` backend no longer displays intermediate renamings
the same way it is used for unnamed nets shown in netlists.
Renamed unnamed nets of a subschematic are shown by the geda
backend differently, e.g.,
"*hierarchical/subciruit/name/unnamed_net_at_XxY*", where X
and Y are coords of one of their members.
- If a net has more than one preferred attribute attached
("*net=*" or "*netname=*"), the lowest one by means of the
predicate `refdes` record to get hierarchical data. For a
component, it contains the link to the `` instance
the component belongs to.
- The `` record now also contains a new
field, `parent`. For a connection, it contains the link to the
`` instance the connection belongs to.
- The `` record now also contains a new field,
`parent`. It contains the component the ``
belongs to, if any.
- The unused `sources` field has been removed from the ``
record.
- The unused `tag` field has been removed from the ``
record.
- The record now contains a new field,
`port-connection`, which holds a hierarchical
`` a pin belongs to.
- Crashes, when source file cannot be found, are now avoided.
- Fixed crashes on power symbols (the symbols having one pin and
no *"refdes="* attribute) having a *"net="* attribute but no
*"pinnumber=* attribute attached to its pin.
- Fixed crashes in the `spice-sdb` backend when processing I/O
components.
- Removed output of version in the `spice-sdb` backend. It has
not been updated since 2007 and does not reflect the changes in
the backend code.
- Fixed a link to documentation in the output of the `spice-sdb`
backend.
- A new module, `(netlist mode)`, has been added. It contains
accessor functions for current netlisting mode.
- A new module, `(netlist schematic-port)` has been added. It
defines a new record, ``, which contains info
about connections via ports between hierarchical levels.
- A new module, `(netlist schematic-named-connection)`, has been
added. It contains functions for merging connections by net
name.
- A new module, `(netlist subschematic)`, has been added. It
defines a new record, ``, which extends
`<#geda-page>` internal C structure and contains various netlist
related fields.
- The `` record now has several new fields:
- `net-map` is defined for virtual pins created from the
*"net="* attribute.
- `parent` contains link to the parent component of a pin.
- A new field, `pins`, has been added to the
`` record. For a connection object, it
contains `` objects that belong to the connection.
- A new field, `subschematic`, has been added to the ``
record. It contains toplevel multi-page `` of
``, thus allowing recursive access to low level
subschematics.
- A new field, `subschematic`, has been added to the
`` record. It contains its parent
` record.
- A new field, `port`, has been added to the
`` record. The field contains port
(`` record) for components being port components
in subcircuits.
- A new field, `net-maps`, has been added to the
`` record. It provides info on net mapping
for the component pins.
- A new field, `named-connection`, has been added to the
`` record, which contains the parent
`` of a pin instance.
- Fixed wrong usage of the *"netname="* attribute instead of
*"net="* when the `netname-priority` config setting is set to
false (`#f`), that is, when *"net="* should be preferred.
- Fixed issue with output of wrong warnings about renaming nets
with the same name (shorted to themselves).
- Previously, the program used to exit with error if some source
file was not readable or missing, even in the interactive mode.
Now, `lepton-netlist` just reports such errors as critical
without exit.
- The module `(netlist page)` has been eliminated in favour of the
`(lepton page)` module. All functions from the former have been
moved to the latter. The procedure `filename->page()` has been
renamed to `file->page()`.
- The unused Scheme module `(netlist repl)` has been removed.
- Netlist backends can now set the desired netlist mode by defining
a `request-netlist-mode` function, which should return either `'geda` or
`'spice`. `lepton-netlist` no longer relies on the backend's filename
when setting the operation mode.
- The `spice-sdb` backend has been fixed to generate SPICE
`.MODEL` lines correctly.
- The `--list-backends` command line option now has a short
equivalent: `-b`.
### Changes in `lepton-archive`:
- The initial Python script has been rewritten in Scheme. It was
broken at least since 2007, when *system-gafrc* was refactored by
removing `component-library` calls from it. It parsed that file
for the "component-library" strings, but could not find and save
any stock symbols. The new Scheme script has the following
advantages:
- It eliminates issues with Python versions incompatibilities
due to moving in most distributions to the more recent
versions.
- The previous script could only expand one environment variable
in a file name. Now all environment variables are expanded
recursively in file names, the tilda prefix (**~**) is
expanded, too.
- OS specific file name separator is now supported.
- The script replaces using of system utilites *cp*, *mv*, *rm*
in most cases with appropriate Scheme procedures.
- Instead of direct parsing of component lines in schematic
files (**"C x y ..."**), which may be wrong in some cases, it
uses info on internal schematic provided by `liblepton`
modules.
- The new script eliminates direct setting of any environment
variables to the directory where `system-gafrc` should be
placed, and parsing of the lines containing
`component-library` and `component-library-search` in system
rc files, as it is no longer required.
- `gafrc` is now used instead of `gschemrc` as rc file to
update; local project's `gafrc` is processed to get info on
component libraries used in the project. `gafrc` in the
resulting archive is changed in that to load symbols from its
local cache directory.
- Symbol and SPICE file cache directory name has been changed
from `gschem-files` to `cache`.
- The program can now collect and cache all symbols and
subschematics in a hierarchical schematic, as well as
subcircuits mentioned in the *"file="* attributes of
components.
- RC file listing files to be archived is no longer used. The
file set by the option `--files-from` (`-f`) is used
instead. The script copies all files mentioned in that file
and in command line to the archive, including files not living
in the project directory.
- Lowercase archive name is now used by default:
`project-archive.tar.gz` instead of
`ProjectArchive.tar.gz`. It is to avoid issues with case
sensitive filesystems.
- The program options now have long equivalents, please see
`lepton-archive --help` for more information.
- The program now supports both absolute and relative source
filenames (such as "*/tmp/simulation.cmd*") or using relative
paths (like "*./*" or "*../*").
- Files missing in the source library are reported.
- The output archive file name can be specified without the
"*.tar.gz*" suffix. The users can just use `-o
project-archive` to save their project to the
*project-archive.tar.gz* file.
### Changes in `lepton-schlas`:
- This utility has been rewritten in Scheme and renamed to `lepton-embed`.
- Its functionality has been extended: it can now embed/unembed pictures (`-p`)
or components (`-c`) only, and may be instructed to leave source files intact,
saving its output to a separate files with a given suffix (`-x`).
### Changes in `lepton-cli`:
- A new command line option has been added for the `export`
command: `--paper-names` (`-P`). It displays a list of paper
size names suitable for the `--paper` option.
- The default paper size is now defined in the system configuration
files: the `paper` configuration key in the `export` and
`schematic.printing` (`gschem.printing`) groups is set to `iso_a4`.
- `lepton-cli config` can now read and write configuration
stored in the **cache** configuration context: a new
command-line option `--cache` (`-c`) has been added.
### Changes in `lepton-tragesym`:
- The initial Python script has been rewritten in Scheme. The
program now does anything the previous version did, and more:
- `liblepton` functions are now used to create objects instead
of dealing with symbol text format directly.
- Fixed calculation of symbol width so that pins always touch
symbol box even if the user specified too little width in the
template file.
- Dealing with "spacer"s gives better results/notifications.
- The man page of the program has been updated to provide
information about the source file format. Please see
*lepton-tragesym(1)* for more information.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- Several `(gschem *)` modules have been renamed to `(schematic
*)` ones. All the functions and variables available are still
re-exported in the former ones but their using is discouraged.
The following renames have been made:
- `(gschem action)` => `(schematic action)`
- `(gschem attrib)` => `(schematic attrib)`
- `(gschem builtins)` => `(schematic builtins)`
- `(gschem gschemdoc)` => `(schematic gschemdoc)`
- `(gschem hook)` => `(schematic hook)`
- `(gschem keymap)` => `(schematic keymap)`
- `(gschem selection)` => `(schematic selection)`
- `(gschem symbol check)` => `(schematic symbol check)`
- `(gschem util)` => `(schematic util)`
- `(gschem window)` => `(schematic window)`
- The following modules were simply renamed without providing any
backwards compatibility:
- `(gschem core gettext)` => `(schematic core gettext)`
- `(gschem repl)` => `(schematic repl)`
- The following *core* (written in C) Scheme modules have been
renamed:
- `(gschem core attrib)` => `(schematic core attrib)`
- `(gschem core builtins)` => `(schematic core builtins)`
- `(gschem core hook)` => `(schematic core hook)`
- `(gschem core keymap)` => `(schematic core keymap)`
- `(gschem core selection)` => `(schematic core selection)`
- `(gschem core util)` => `(schematic core util)`
- `(gschem core window)` => `(schematic core window)`
- Grips can now be turned on and off at run-time.
Use the new 'Options → Grips: On/Off' menu item or
O-I keyboard shortcut.
- In the 'Select Component' dialog, it is now possible to copy
names and values of attributes to clipboard.
- In tabbed GUI, tabs can now be rearranged by dragging them
with mouse.
- A context menu with common actions (`New`, `Open`, `Save`,
`Save As`, `Page Manager`, and `Close`) has been added to
the active tab's header widget.
- The main menu code has been refactored and changed so that the
type of selected objects is taken into account. Thus, some menu
entries are not sensitive in some cases where it is
inappropriate.
- If *Help* → *Find Component Documentation* cannot find any
documentation, a message box is displayed. No backtrace, nor
Guile errors are printed to the log window.
- All the `gschemrc` options are now deprecated, the settings have been migrated
to new configuration system (`*.conf` files). Use `lepton-cli config` to read
and modify them. New options have the same names and possible values (use
`true`/`false` for booleans instead of `"enabled"` and `"disabled"`). Please refer
to the
[Configuration Settings](https://github.com/lepton-eda/lepton-eda/wiki/Configuration-Settings)
document ("Deprecated Settings") for more information.
- In the `Save As` dialog, the filter field now shows
file extensions (`.sch`, `.sym`). A file's extension in the
`Name` box is updated when the filter is changed.
- Tree view columns in the `Page Manager` window are now
automatically resized. It helps when displayed paths are long:
the `Changed` column becomes visible again when you uncheck
the `Show full paths` checkbox.
- The `file-preview` option (`[schematic.gui]` group) processing
has been fixed. The user can turn the preview area in the
`Open...` dialog on and off.
- The user can now change the paper size and orientation in the
`Print` dialog. The combo boxes with these settings used to be set
to default values and disabled.
- The context menu has been reorganized and updated.
- Informational messages have been added to several
lepton-schematic dialog boxes.
- An "untitled" page can no longer be reverted (`Page → Revert`).
This operation doesn't make sense for it and has been disabled.
- A new configuration parameter has been added: `show-tooltips` in
the `schematic.tabs` group (`boolean`, `true` by default). It
enables or disables tooltips for tab header widgets in tabbed GUI.
- The `Single Attribute Editor` dialog can now be accepted by
pressing the `Enter` key when the `Name` field is focused.
- The save font configuration dialog has been improved so now it
shows the name of selected font and full path names for
configuration files.
- The files *lepton-gtkrc* are now read from the system and user
configuration directories. They can be used to customize the
appearance of the program.
- Fixed crashes on printing via the menu 'File → Print...' on some
systems.
- Fixed segfaults when the locale set by environment variables was
not installed.
- Fixed issue of incorrect main menu creation if system
configuration file is missing.
### Changes in `examples`:
- Three new examples of analog simulation have been added. They
reside in the directory *netlist/examples/analog/*.
- `RF_Amp` and `TwoStageAmp` examples have been updated to make
SPICE simulation work properly.
- `gTAG` example scripts and configuration files have been fixed.
- Several `README` files have been updated.
- The obsolete Python script `bom` has been removed.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.9 (20191003)
----------------------------------------------
### General changes:
- The version of the `libleptonrenderer` library has been fixed.
- The utility `lepton-xyrs` has been removed from the distribution
since it has not been maintained or changed for many years and
it does not belong to schematic capture.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- Static gettext domain name is now used for translation files.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- Two new procedures, `page-list->schematic` and
`file-name-list->schematic` have been added to the `(lepton
schematic)` module to provide users with more intuitive way of
`` record creation. The previously present procedure
`make-toplevel-schematic` is still there, and has been made an
alias of the latter. Its `netlist-mode` argument has been made
optional and is `'geda` by default.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.8 (20190928)
----------------------------------------------
### Breaking changes:
- The configure switch `--disable-gattrib` has been renamed to
`--disable-attrib`.
### General changes:
- A new configuration upgrade tool, `lepton-upcfg`, and C and
Scheme infrastructure for it have been added to simplify moving
to Lepton's new configuration system. The new tool is aimed to
convert legacy `geda*.conf` files into new `lepton*.conf` files
by importing and renaming the settings in them. For example, in
order to produce `lepton-user.conf` from `geda-user.conf`, the
user can use the command `lepton-upcfg --user`. Additionally,
the user can switch between using of legacy and new
configuration system using a new function,
`config-set-legacy-mode!()`, which may be set in some of Scheme
files loaded by the tools.
- The module `(geda library)` has been renamed to `(lepton library)`.
All the functions and variables available are still re-exported
in the former one but its using is discouraged.
- Warnings about deprecated and "dead" RC functions are now more
verbose, and contain link to Configuration Settings wiki page.
- Several clean-ups in the code and documentation have been made
in both libraries' and GUI tools' code, removed some unused
function arguments.
- A main category has been added into Lepton desktop
files. According to
https://specifications.freedesktop.org/menu-spec/latest/apa.html,
previously there was no valid main category in the desktop
files. The problem is that without a main category, it is not
possible to know for sure if a freedesktop compliant menu will
show the applications the desktop files were made up for. This
has been fixed by adding "Development" as main category for
Lepton. Two additional categories have been rearranged in order
"Electronics" to have priority over "Engineering".
- The following rc procedures are now exported in the module
`(lepton library)`:
- `component-library-command`
- `component-library-funcs`
- `component-library-search`
- `component-library`
- `reset-component-library`
- The following rc procedures are now exported in the module
`(geda deprecated)`:
- `always-promote-attributes`
- `attribute-promotion`
- `bitmap-directory`
- `bus-ripper-symname`
- `keep-invisible`
- `make-backup-files`
- `print-color-map`
- `promote-invisible`
- `scheme-directory`
- Symbols with duplicated names have been moved to separate folders:
- `share/lepton-eda/sym-gnetman`
- `share/lepton-eda/sym-verilog`
- `share/lepton-eda/sym-vhdl`
Now it's possible to use `gafrc` function `component-library-search`
with `share/lepton-eda/sym` without getting tons of warnings about
duplicated symbols in the log.
- System-wide configuration file, `lepton-system.conf`, has been
added to the distribution with default settings applicable for
most installations. Its legacy predecessor, `geda-system.conf`,
has been added as well for backwards compatibility.
- The location of log files has been changed to `$XDG_CACHE_HOME/lepton-eda/logs/`.
Previously they were stored in the user's configuration directory.
### Changes when building from source:
- Building of the tools with Guile 2.2 is now supported.
- Lepton now requires Glib 2.38.0 or later versions for build.
- It is now possible to accelerate the tools some parts of which
are written in Scheme when they are launched for the first time.
Previously, on first running much time would be spent on
compilation of Scheme code involved. The startup time can be
reduced if the code is compiled and installed in advance. To
make it work, a new `make` target, `precompile` has been added.
While the command `make precompile` can be used for local
builds, it could be much more convenient for end users if
package managers working on packaging Lepton for some
distributions "precompile" the code on the package building
stage. The technik of "precompilation" has been already
implemented to make packages for FreeBSD:
[FreeBSD port](https://github.com/graahnul-grom/freebsd-lepton-eda/tree/master/wip.pc)
and [binary package](http://graahnul.beget.tech/lepton-eda-pc/lepton-eda-1.9.7.txz)
made from it. In essence, it included two steps:
- A relevant section has been added to the port's
[`Makefile`](https://github.com/graahnul-grom/freebsd-lepton-eda/blob/master/wip.pc/Makefile), and
- The list of compiled files has been added to the port's [`pkg-plist`](https://github.com/graahnul-grom/freebsd-lepton-eda/blob/master/wip.pc/pkg-plist).
Package managers of other distributions could adopt this
technik. Please see discussion at #339 for more information.
- Fixed and improved *VPATH* (out-of-source) builds on some
systems. It used to be that Lepton did not install files from
the `docs/wiki/` subdirectory when the command `make install`
was used, because it was assumed that the directory contained
only regular files. This has been fixed by changing appropriate
Makefiles to search for symlinks as well.
- Build errors on FreeBSD 13.0-CURRENT on the link stage in the
`utils/gschlas/` directory have been fixed. In earlier FreeBSD
version Lepton EDA builds without errors. The issue happened to
appear due to changing of the default linker from GNU `ld` to
`ld.lld` from the `llvm` distribution.
- Fixed FreeBSD build errors on the `powerpc64` architecture with
base system compiler gcc-4.2: (FreeBSD bug report
[#239311](https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=239311)).
- Fixed build failures on Gentoo with gcc-8.2.0.
- Several C functions in `liblepton`, various Lepton tools,
contributed code (`olib`, `sarlacc_schem`, `convert_sym`,
`gmk_sym`) as well as PO-files have been fixed to avoid
compilation warnings and errors. Now `lepton-eda` compiles
without warnings with gcc/g++ on several platforms. Several
warnings reported by clang++/llvm have been fixed as well.
- The like changes as above have been done in the Scheme part of
code to prevent various compilation and deprecation warnings in
several modules and tools when compiled with guile-2.0 or
guile-2.2.
- LaTeX files are no longer generated by `make doxygen` since it
was reported that several Ubuntu versions do not do TRT when
building LaTeX documentation.
- **Doxygen** subsystem has been cleaned up to get rid of unused
files since the tools rewritten in Scheme are not covered by its
functionality any more.
- Fixed some portability issues in documentation building.
- Building of documentation no longer depends on the `fig2dev`
program. The dependency has been eliminated.
- **Gettext** translation subsystem has been changed for most of
the tools in that to avoid unintentional and unwanted updates of
their translation *PO* files when the tools are built from
sources.
- Now *Lepton EDA Scheme Reference Manual* in the `HTML` format is
built and installed with other files on `make && make install`.
A CSS file has been added to prettify the generated HTML pages.
- Some empty application-specific directories that previously
could not be removed after uninstalling all files by `make
uninstall` are now correctly deleted.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- `liblepton` configuration C and Scheme API has been extended
with functions for removing configuration keys and groups.
- A new Scheme module, `(lepton file-system)`, has been added. It
exports functions that previously were global:
`regular-file?()`, `directory?()`, and `file-readable?()`. The
users may need to fix their scripts in which those functions
were used by adding corresponding `(use-modules ...)` line..
- A new Scheme module, `(lepton rc)`, has been added. It exports
functions and variables that previously were global: build-path,
`geda-data-path()`, `geda-rc-path()`, `path-sep()`,
`load-scheme-dir()`, and `load-rc-from-sys-config-dirs()`. The
users may need to fix their scripts in which those functions and
variables were used by adding corresponding `(use-modules ...)`
line.
- Fixed `'config-keys` unit test which previously did not work
correctly on some Ubuntu versions.
### Changes in `libleptonrenderer`:
- Default font name has been changed from `Arial` to `Sans`.
- Changes in path rendering:
- Previously, the library was not able to render zero line width
paths properly since the zero value for the line width field
in the path definition was interpreted as a request for
the default line width. Therefore the path objects were always
enlarged by some amount in size. Now, when line width of a
path is set to zero, the stroke is not rendered, thus allowing
drawing of filled figures without increasing their size by a
half of the line width, so the object sizes strongly
correspond to what the user wanted. No line is drawn when
exported with `lepton-cli export` command. In the
`lepton-schematic` GUI, 1 screen pixel line is used for
rendering zero line width path objects to provide visual
feedback to the user.
- Now, path objects can be rendered with different line cap
styles when the line width is non-zero. Previously, the
default `square` style was always used.
### Scheme API changes
- Three legacy rc procedures, `attribute-promotion`,
`promote-invisible`, and `keep-invisible`, have been adjusted to
return their boolean values if used with no arguments, instead
of just `#t`. This allows using the results in Scheme
plugins. The procedure `bitmap-directory` now returns its string
value if used with no arguments. If no value has been
previously set, it returns `#f`.
- A new hook, `open-page-hook`, has been added to the `(gschem
hook)` module. It allows to evaluate Scheme code when an
existing schematic page is loaded.
- New Scheme API functions for working with object selectable
status have been added to the `(geda object)` module:
`object-selectable?` and `set-object-selectable!`. Together
with page hooks they can allow to save locking status of
primitive objects without changing the current file format.
- The function `arc-end-angle` has been fixed so it now correctly
returns the end angle of an arc. Since its creation, it gave
improper results because it was a sibling of a C function
returning the sweep angle of an arc. A new function,
`arc-sweep-angle`, has been added to maintain that
functionality.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- A few improvements have been made in option processing:
- Getopt-long functions are no more directly used inside
netlister modules, so the modules can now be loaded in other
programs having other options. This affects unit testing and
`lepton-schematic` GUI, as in those cases another set of
options may be used.
- Processing of some options yielding lists when several of such
options are used, no more results in reversed lists.
- Processing of the `-c` option has been fixed so there is now
no errors when it used more than once.
- The option *-w* introduced in Lepton EDA 1.9.6 has been
removed. It was used to suppress warnings about missing
configuration files. This is no longer needed, since the
function `config-load!()` has been fixed to not complain if
those files are absent.
- A few improvements have been made in the SRFI-64 unit-test suite:
- There is no more limit for backtrace length if an error
occurs, the unit-test script uses default stack size which
makes debugging a bit more convenient.
- Backtrace output is now formatted properly without newline
mangling.
- Directories containing modules `lepton-netlist` depends on
have been added to the unit-test script load path. Modules
depending on `liblepton` and `symcheck` can now be used with
the script.
- A new record, ``, has been added. It is now
the basic record for using in the backends that work with
components such as **spice** ones.
- `` record now contains a new field, `packages`,
containing the list of schematic *packages*, where any element
of the list is a `` record. The `` records
now contain sets of components with same refdes. The field
*packages* is intended for use in backends working with
multi-slot packages, e.g. **PCB**.
- The `schematic-netlist` field of the `` record has
been renamed to `schematic-components` to more accurately
reflect destination of the field.
- Common `` structures for ``'s with
default "refdes" attribute value are no longer
created. Component's "refdes" value is considered to be default
if the component has no attached "refdes", or its attached
"refdes" is the same as the inherited one and has the suffix
"?".
- A new module, `(netlist schematic-connection)`, has been added.
The module has to provide records and functions for working with
schematic connections, that is, directly or indirectly connected
groups of nets.
- The `composite` field in the `` record,
inherited from the `` structure, has been renamed to
`sources`. The field can be used to get source file names.
- The obsolete procedure `get-uref()` has been replaced with a
local procedure and its using is discouraged.
- A new module, `(netlist schematic toplevel)`, has been added. It
contains accessors for `` record which is
now obtained as a set of schematic files given on
**lepton-netlist** command line. The `toplevel-schematic`
variable has been replaced with same named procedure.
- Arguments for `make-toplevel-schematic()` are now filenames
instead of pages. This will allow reusing this function to
encapsulate subschematics in future.
- A new module, `(netlist deprecated)`, has been added to isolate
legacy code that is a subject for deprecation in the next stable
release.
- A new function, `set-netlist-option!`, has been added to the
`(netlist option)` module. It lets the users set arbitrary
default netlister option values when the netlister modules are
used by other tools, e.g., when they're loaded while working in
`lepton-schematic` GUI.
- A new module `(netlist page)` has been added. The new module
now contains an only procedure, `filename->page()`, which opens
a schematic page by filename. Depending on the form of its
call, it can return either an already opened page for a given
filename, or a new page, if the user so desires.
- Several issues related to hierarchical names have been fixed:
- Reverse order setting for refdes attribute no longer affects
netnames.
- Now netnames are formed using true reversed hierarchical name,
before they were formed from a string representing
hierarchical refdes and local netnames. Since the hierarchical
refdes string might be not reversed depending of the reverse
order setting for refdes, the resulting strings did not
reflect hierarchy correctly.
- For the same reason, the separator for the "net=" and
"netname=" attributes did not affected resulting net names,
which has been fixed as well.
- Removing of refdes mangling was previously possible only if
the refdes separator was "/". This has been fixed to support
other separators.
- The following fixes have been made in the VAMS example:
- Deprecated gnetlistrc settings have been replaced with new
configuration options.
- Wrong netlister name has been fixed.
- generate_netlist.scm has been moved to the example directory.
- The `vams` backend code has been fixed as follows:
- The code does no longer emit Scheme return values of
procedures, which previously mangled the output.
- The output of generic and port definitions is now going into
appropriate place.
- A list of attributes that cannot form generics does no longer
appear in the output. Two internal (or abstract) attributes,
`slot=` and `net=`, are no longer used in forming VHDL generic
maps, since they are intended for internal use by netlister
itself.
- The `allegro` backend has been refactored so obsolete procedures
are no longer used in it.
- Two obsolete scripts written in **sh** and **awk**,
`annotate.sh` and `unannotate.sh`, have been removed from the
distribution.
- Three **sh** scripts, `bompp.sh`, `bom_xref.sh`, and
`sch2eaglepos.sh`, have been moved to the *contrib/* directory.
- The directory *netlist/utils/* and an only pretty much obsolete
utility, `mk_verilog_syms`, contained in it, have been removed
from the distribution. The script was used to initially create
*verilog* symbols, and output symbols in obsolete format with
limited set of pin attributes. By now, initially created verilog
symbols have been modified in various ways, including manual
intervention and generating the symbols with some new version of
the program that did not however go to the repository, so the
removing is safe.
- Netlister backends and associated files have been moved to a new
subdirectory `share/lepton-eda/scheme/backend`.
- An arbitrary backend file can be loaded by specifying its path
via the new `-f` command line switch to `lepton-netlist`.
The file should be named like `gnet-NAME.scm`, where `NAME` is the
backend's name. It's useful for testing new and 3rd party
backends, as well as running backends from different
installation paths.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- The command line option *-p* has been removed. It was used to
automatically place the main window with some default widget
sizes.
- Several configuration settings have been changed to ensure
reasonable default values:
- The **rubber band** mode and **magnetic net** mode status bar
indicators are now shown by default
(`schematic.status-bar::show-rubber-band=true`,
`schematic.status-bar::show-magnetic-net=true`).
- The tabbed GUI is enabled (`schematic.gui::use-tabs=true`).
- Monospace font is used in the log window
(`schematic.log-window::font=Monospace 11`).
- Monospace font is used in the macro widget entry
(`schematic.macro-widget::font=Monospace 11`).
- The attribute attachment code has been rewritten in Scheme,
changed and fixed in several ways:
- Now attributes can be attached to any non-text objects.
- Only visible attributes can be now attached.
- If attributes are already attached or no attribute is
selected, no action is undertaken.
- Information about successful attachment is now printed to the
log.
- Successfully attached attributes and the object they are
attached to are deselected after the attachment operation.
- The attribute detachment behaviour has been changed. Before,
attributes of selected objects (visible and invisible, selected
or not) were all unconditionally stripped. The detachment code
has been rewritten in Scheme, changed and fixed in several ways:
- Now only selected visible attributes are detached from their
respective parent objects.
- There is no need to select parent objects in order to detach
their attributes any more.
- The info about successfully detached attributes is now output to
the log.
- If there is no selection, the selected attributes are not
attached to any object, or selection does not include any
attributes, nothing is undertaken.
- Just detached attributes get unselected and their color is
changed to the color of detached attributes.
- Several improvements/fixes with regard to locking/unlocking of
components and their attributes have been introduced:
- Previously, when a component was locked, its attributes were
also locked, but they changed the locking status after saving
and reopening of schematic. Now, they become locked along
with the component they're attached to.
- Previously, toggling of locking status of a component and its
attributes required selecting them all to do it properly.
Otherwise, the locking status of not selected attributes would
not change. Now, it is sufficient to select only the
component to lock or unlock it together with the attributes,
without having to additionally select them.
- The action 'File → Save All' and processing of "untitled"
schematics have been improved:
- It used to be that on saving all files, all opened pages were
silently saved, even if there were new "untitled" pages among
them, that is, the pages newly created under the default file
name and not yet saved to disk. Now such files are skipped
from saving.
- When constructing file name for a new "untitled" page, the
names of already opened files and existing files in the current
directory are taken into account. These names are not reused
to prevent possible consequent data loss. The skipped names
are printed to the log.
- A message indicating the result of the "save all" operation is
now shown in the status bar.
- If tabbed GUI is enabled in configuration, the header of each
tab widget correctly updates to reflect the status of its
page, if it is saved or not.
- "Save As" dialog box is now opened for new "untitled" pages on
the "save all" operation, prompting the user to save them.
- In the 'Edit Attributes' dialog, it is now possible to copy names
and values of inherited attributes to clipboard. The feature was
first requested on *launchpad* in
[#1405314](https://bugs.launchpad.net/geda/+bug/1405314).
- Distinct parts of the `system-gschemrc` configuration file are
moved to separate files under the `conf/schematic/` subdirectory
to simplify dealing with certain aspects of `lepton-schematic`
behaviour and searching for appropriate settings. The new files
are loaded from `system-gschemrc`:
- `attribs.scm`
- `deprecated.scm`
- `keys.scm`
- `menu.scm`
- `options.scm`
- `stroke.scm`
- The following Scheme functions are now deprecated and do nothing:
- `gschem-image`
- `gschem-pdf`
- `gschem-use-rc-values`
- Several `gschemrc` settings has been changed as follows:
- `add-attribute-offset` is now deprecated and does nothing.
- `image-color` is now deprecated and does nothing.
- `image-size` is now deprecated and does nothing.
- `logging-destination` is now deprecated and does nothing.
- `log-window-type` is now deprecated and does nothing.
- `raise-dialog-boxes-on-exp` is now deprecated and does nothing.
- `window-size` is now deprecated and does nothing.
- `warp-cursor` is now "disabled" by default.
- `fast-mousepan` is now "disabled" by default.
- `log-window` is now "later" by default.
- `undo-levels` is now "20" by default.
- `undo-panzoom` is now "disabled" by default.
- The `sys-doc-dir()` function code in the module `(gschem
gschemdoc)` module responsible for searching for system
documentation directories has been known to fail in some
circumstances when it tried to guess where the documentation
files are installed. The guess-work has been eliminated by using
fixed compile-time variables in the code.
- The geometry (size and position) of `lepton-schematic`'s main
window can now be stored in the **cache** configuration context,
in the `schematic.window-geometry` group. The geometry is saved
on exit and restored on startup if the (new)
`[schematic.gui]::restore-window-geometry` configuration key is
set to `true` (which is so by default).
- The **macro widget** has been improved in several ways:
- A new configuration group, `schematic.macro-widget`, has been
added for setting up the properties of the widget.
- The history of Scheme expressions executed via the `:` prompt
is now saved in the configuration file in the *cache*
configuration context (usually
`$XDG_CACHE_HOME/lepton-eda/gui.conf`). The commands are
stored in the `history` key and can be accessed by choosing
appropriate items from drop-down list in the macro widget. The
history length is set in the `history-length` configuration
key in the `schematic.macro-widget` group in the *user*
configuration context. The default value is 10.
- The macro widget now supports auto-completion of text.
- A new configuration key, `font`, in the
`schematic.macro-widget` group in the *user* configuration
context can now be used for setting up the font of the widget.
- As a side effect of refactoring of the widget, the program no
longer crashes on evaluating of the command `(file-quit)` in
the prompt.
- New accelerator keys have been added to facilitate keyboard
navigation in the following dialogs:
- `Single Attribute Editor`
- `Edit Attributes`
- `Select Component`
- `Add Text`
- `Edit Text`
- `Object Properties`
- `Options`
- `Arc Params`
- The log window can now be cleared by choosing "Clear Log Window"
menu item in the context menu. The user can cancel the action
in the confirmation dialog.
- Long lines in the log window can now be wrapped by clicking the
"Wrap Long Lines" menu item in the log window's context menu.
- Schematic page filename and more verbose information is now
displayed in the page revert dialog.
- If you select 'Print to File' option in the print dialog, the
output PDF file name is now derived from the name of the current
page instead of previous default name "output.pdf".
- File filters in the dialog boxes 'Open...' and 'Save As...' now
keep their last chosen values while the program is running.
Previously, the filters were always set to choosing schematic
files when the user opened the dialogs.
- Wrong behaviour of the program when the value of **draw-grips**
is set to "disabled" in `gschemrc` has been fixed, so now this
setting prohibits drawing grips of selected objects still
allowing the user to resize them.
- A new menu allowing exporting of netlists has been added to the
program. As of now, the only item in the menu allows exporting
of `allegro` netlists. Messages about processing are sent to log
to provide the user with some feedback information in the log
window.
- Fixed segmentation faults in the `always-promote-attributes` rc
function (called from the `gafrc` configuration file) when used
with improper arguments.
- Avoided GTK warnings on output of some message strings to the
status bar containing characters which are treated specially by
GTK, such as '<' and '>'.
- Page "changed" indicator is now shown in the tab headers as
well: the file name shown is output in bolder font and an
asterisk is added to emphasize that the file has been changed.
- Fixed font preview in the font selection dialog. Previously, if
a custom font name was specified in the configuration key `font`
in the `schematic.gui` configuration group, the text became
invisible in the preview widget of the dialog, because the
"Size" field was always initially set to zero. This has been
fixed by setting the initial font size to non-zero value.
- Fixed page "changed" status indication. Previously, after
successful *Edit* → *Embed* and *Edit* → *Unembed* operations
the "changed" status of the page would not reflect in the page
manager and in the window's title. Now, both are correctly
updated so that the status is visible to the user.
- Page manager visual appearance has been improved in several ways:
- When working on hierarchical schematics, full schematic paths
used to clutter the view most of the time. Now they can be
shown at any time or hidden away by checking the "Show full
paths" checkbox. By default, they are hidden. The state of
the "Show full paths" checkbox is stored in the
`show-full-paths` key of the `schematic.page-manager` group in
the **cache** configuration context.
- Minimal "Filename" column width has been reduced.
- Scrollbars are now shown only when needed.
- Superfluous "Right click on the filename for more options..."
label has been removed.
- The "Update" button has been removed from the page manager
dialog, and a similar item has been added to the context menu.
- Fixed a broken output of translated strings to the log when the
program is compiled using guile-2.2. It is a [known
issue](https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-guile/2017-01/msg00020.htm)
in guile-2.2. The function `scm_puts()` broke translated
Unicode strings and output them as sets of bytes. Their further
transformation by gtk functions resulted in unreadable text in
the log window.
- Fixed segfaults triggered on some systems by the sequence
Control+xControl+v
when a component was selected.
- Fixed errors triggered by the function `file-quit` on startup,
for example, using the following command: `lepton-schematic -c
'(file-quit)'`.
- Fixed a bug of searching for `gschem-gtkrc` in wrong system
config directories.
- The file `gschem.scm`, that defined some previously global
Scheme functions, has been transformed into two modules —
`(schematic gui keymap)` and `(schematic gui strokes)`. While
this simplifies Lepton code a little and eliminates a
superfluous step of loading the file with auxiliary functions,
the functions are no more global, so the users may have to fix
up their extensions, if they want to use those functions, by
making sure the necessary modules are loaded within them.
- Exceptions in the (gschem gschemdoc) module are now catched and
reported to the user in a message box.
- The menu item *Help* → *Find Component Documentation* is now
sensitive only if a component is selected, providing the user
with a useful feedback.
- The action `&repeat-last-action` (the /repeat/ key *.*) has been
improved, so it now does as following:
- It now displays a log message when there is no last action to
repeat rather than warning about an invalid action.
- If an invalid action is requested, instead of using the Scheme
function `error()` to report the failure, it just prints a
warning to the log.
- Deprecated export scripts `image.scm`, `print.scm` and the
`--output` command line option have been removed. Schematics can
be exported by using `lepton-cli export` or via the 'File →
Write Image...' dialog box.
- Current schematic's full file path can be shown in the main window's
title if the `title-show-path` configuration key (boolean) in the
`schematic.gui` group is set to `true`.
- Close confirmation dialog has been improved:
- It can be resized.
- "Show full paths" checkbox has been added.
- The `Write Image...` dialog box has been improved as follows:
- Image color mode can now be selected (greyscale or color).
- 1024x768 has been added to the list of image sizes.
- Selected directory, image size, image type and color mode
are saved and restored when this dialog is opened next time.
- New names are now used for temporary files created by undo
subsystem in `$TMP`: `lepton-schematic.save*` instead of
`gschem.save*`.
### Changes in `lepton-attrib`:
- The program no longer loads `gattribrc` files since for many
years they provided no useful settings for the user. Previously
available Scheme functions `quit()`, `exit()`, and
`gattrib-version()` have been removed as well.
- Separate menu description *XML* file has been removed. Now the
menu structure is defined in the source code only.
- The size and position of the main window is now saved in the
**cache** configuration context, in the group
`attrib.window-geometry`, and restored on launching of the
program.
### Changes in `lepton-symcheck`:
- The program no longer requires specifying any file name when
interactive mode is requested, which may be convenient, for
example, for debugging its functions.
- A simple error is output instead of Scheme backtrace when
neither interactive mode nor input files are specified on
command line.
### Changes in `lepton-cli`:
- Default font name for the `export` command has been changed from
`Arial` to `Sans` (`export::font=Sans`).
### Changes in `lepton-schlas`:
- The program no longer loads `system-gschlasrc` since for many
years it provided no useful settings for the user. Previously
available Scheme functions `quit()`, `exit()`, and
`gschlas-version()` have been removed as well.
### Changes in `lepton-schdiff`:
- Default font name has been changed from `Arial` to `Sans`.
### Changes in `gmk_sym`:
- Non-working `-d` (debug) option has been removed.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.7 (20181211)
----------------------------------------------
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- A new action, `edit-object-properties`, has been added. It is a
replacement for four legacy actions which opened the same
dialog: `edit-color`, `edit-linetype`, `edit-filltype`,
`edit-pin-type`. The action is now bound to the shortcut
E-O.
- Fixed icon name for "Down Symbol" entry in pop-up menu.
- Improved diagnostics of input file errors:
- If `--verbose` (`-v`) command line option is passed to
`lepton-schematic`, it prints input files line by line as they
are parsed in the terminal, which facilitates debugging of
broken schematics.
- "Failed to load file" dialog error message has been
improved. It now reports line number in the schematic file
where parsing was stopped due to an error.
- Several changes in the `lepton-schematic` menu make it more
organized and easier to navigate through:
- A new shortcut, O-F, for 'Options →
Font', has been added.
- A new shortcut, T-I, for 'Attributes →
Show/Hide Hidden Text', has been added while retaining the
legacy one, E-N.
- Shortcut for 'Help → Find Component Documentation' has been
changed to H-O.
- Shortcut for 'Options → Options' has been changed to
O-O.
- Shortcut for 'Attributes → Find Text' has been changed to
T-F.
- Obsolete 'Edit Pin Type' entry in pop-up menu has been
replaced with 'Object Properties'.
- Some issues with using of 'Help' menus have been fixed:
- Fixed doc searching bug in `lepton-schematic`'s module
`gschemdoc` which failed due to wrong guessing on the
installed documentation paths.
- Fixed blocking of `lepton-schematic` GUI on using 'Help' menu
entries on systems where documentation viewer may not return
control until the web browser is closed.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- A new test schematic for the `verilog` backend has been
added. It allows checking changes in verilog module
declarations.
- Log initialisation has been moved from the `(netlist)` module to
the `lepton-netlist` executable file to prevent repetition
of the initialisation on every loading of the module and using
the wrong log domain when the module is loaded, e.g., in
`lepton-schematic` GUI.
- Output of `lepton-netlist` version has been unified and placed
into one procedure, `lepton-netlist-version`. Version is now
output once per run, and the procedure can be used interactively
in `lepton-netlist` REPL.
- `lepton-netlist` interactive mode can now be used without
specifying any file name on command line; the user can now load,
traverse, and introspect arbitrary schematics data in its REPL.
- Some backward compatibility variables have been provided to
ensure compatibility with legacy geda backends.
- `schematic-packages` and `schematic-non-unique-packages` fields
have been removed from the `` record since they are
derivatives from its other structures. Two substitution
procedures retrieving those data, `schematic-package-names` and
`schematic-non-unique-package-names`, have been provided to
provide the same functionality.
- New procedure `netlist-error` is now used instead of `error` in
many backends for reporting errors. This simplifies error output
by avoiding improper output of the program execution stack where
it is not necessary.
- The program now catches errors in loaded code (specified by
options `-g`, `-l`, `-m`, `-c`) and exits with appropriate error
message.
### Changes in `liblepton`:
- The library has now facilities to load schematics in a verbose
manner, which is now used in `lepton-schematic` (see above) for
debugging.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.6 (20181101)
----------------------------------------------
### Breaking changes:
- All `(gnetlist module-name)` Scheme modules have been renamed to
`(netlist module-name)`.
### Changes when building from source:
- More portable gcc flags (namely, `AX_GCC_FLAGS`) are used now.
`-std=c99` substitutes for `-std=gnu99`, and
`-Werror=uninitialized` is now used instead of
`-Werror=maybe-uninitialized`.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- A new configuration key `text-sizes` in `schematic.gui` group
has been added. It can be set to a semicolon-separated list of
text size values. Those values will appear in *Text Entry...*
('Add → Text)' and *Text* ('Edit → Text') dialogs instead of
default built-in values.
- The middle mouse button can now be used to display the popup
menu. Set `(middle-button "popup")` in `gschemrc` configuration
file for this to work.
- The maximum number of recent files to show in the `File → Open
Recent` menu can now be configured using `max-recent-files` key
in the `schematic.gui` group.
- Processing of `-q` (`--quiet`) command line option has been fixed.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- `lepton-netlist --list-backends` standard output now contains just
the list of backend names, making it more script-friendly.
- A bug in the function `get-all-connections`, which led to wrong
netlists, has been fixed. The function now ignores pins of
*graphical* components if they are connected to nets.
- Filtering of "no-connect" packages and nets has been added:
- A new `symbol=nc` attribute has been added to the list of
processed attributes. Please see the
[Attributes](https://github.com/lepton-eda/lepton-eda/wiki/Attributes)
page in the lepton wiki for more information on how it works and
about backward compatibility.
- A new function, `package-nc?` has been added to the `(netlist
package)` module to filter the "no-connect" packages.
- The `` record in the `(netlist schematic)` module
has been changed to contain the field `nc-nets` providing the
names of nets connected to the "no-connect" symbols.
- Appropriate functions of the `drc2` backend have been modified
accordingly to support the new attribute.
- The "no-connect" symbols in the distribution (`nc-*.sym`) have
been updated to reflect the above change.
- Some netlister test schematics have been fixed to check for
the new and legacy "no-connect" symbols.
- Output of the `geda` backend has been changed. Now it outputs
additional information on graphical symbols and "no-connect"
symbols.
- Error output of the `bom2` backend has been fixed.
- Log file names are now prefixed with `netlist` instead of
`gnetlist`.
- Reduced output to log files by removing disclaimer.
- Fixed netlister name in the output of many backends.
- A new command line option, *-w*, has been added to prevent
"annoying" warnings about missing configuration files.
- A new module, `(netlist error)`, and a new function in it,
`netlist-error()`, have been added. The function is recommended
for using in code of backends instead of `error()`, since the
latter outputs Scheme execution stacks awful for mere users and
absolutely unnecessary in cases where there are no programming
error.
- The program now exits with exit code *1* when neither backend
nor interactive mode are given.
### Changes in `lepton-schdiff`:
- A non-portable invocation of `mktemp` has been fixed.
- Temporary file names are now prefixed with strings
"lepton-schdiff-old", "lepton-schdiff-new", and
"lepton-schdiff-diff" to facilitate debugging.
- `lepton-cli export` is now invoked instead of deprecated Scheme
scripts.
- A new command line option, *-d [VIEWER]*, has been added to
specify the image viewing program. By default, `display` from
the **ImageMagick** package is used.
- The script now uses the schematic font name set in the
`schematic.gui::font` configuration key to output images. By
default, if that key is not set, *Arial* is used.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.5 (20180820)
----------------------------------------------
### Changes when building from source:
- The version of the `libleptonrenderer` library, mistakenly
broken in the previous release, has been fixed.
- Fixed build on systems with several versions of `guile` package
installed. On such systems, the user can specify the right
program binary on the `configure` stage, e.g., `./configure
GUILE=/usr/bin/guile-2.0`.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- Log window scrolling has been fixed so that the last line of the
log is shown correctly.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- A new backend, *tEDAx*, aimed to support for the `pcb-rnd`
program, has been added.
- The patch preventing using of some `bash`-specific constructs
has been applied.
- Duplicate backend name output by the `--list-backends` command
line option has been avoided.
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.4 (20180812)
----------------------------------------------
### Breaking changes:
- `gaf` has been renamed to `lepton-cli`, `gschem` has been
renamed to `lepton-schematic`, `gnetlist` has been renamed to
`lepton-netlist`, `gsch2pcb` has been renamed to
`lepton-sch2pcb`, `gsymcheck` has been renamed to
`lepton-symcheck`, `grenum` has been renamed to `lepton-renum`,
`refdes-renum` has been renamed to `lepton-refdes_renum`,
`tragesym` has been renamed to `lepton-tragesym`,
`pcb_backannotate` has been renamed to
`lepton-pcb_backannotate`, `garchive` has been renamed to
`lepton-archive`, `gsymfix` has been renamed to `lepton-symfix`,
`schdiff` has been renamed to `lepton-schdiff`, `gschlas` has
been renamed to `lepton-schlas`, `gxyrs` has been renamed to
`lepton-xyrs`, `gattrib` has been renamed to `lepton-attrib`.
- By default, backward compatibility symlinks are not created for
major renamed tools, namely, `gaf`, `gattrib`, `gnetlist`,
`gsch2pcb`, `gschem`, and `gsymcheck`, though the user can
change that. A new configure option,
`--enable-compat-symlinks`, can be used to enable their
creation.
- The users have now use `info lepton-scheme` to open texinfo
manual on Lepton EDA Scheme API instead of `info geda-scheme`.
### General changes:
- Compatibility with various non-Linux systems has been improved
by avoiding of hardcoding paths for such interpreters as Perl,
Python, or bash.
- `lepton-eda` can now be compiled in C++ mode basically by using
`./configure CC=g++ && make CC=g++`.
- The same readline history file ".lepton_history" residing in the
user configuration directory is used for `lepton-schematic`,
`lepton-netlist`, and `lepton-symcheck`.
- A new section about 'Makefile' creation has been added to
CONTRIBUTING.md to facilitate non-gnu-make builds.
- Fixed `--disable-deprecated` configure option.
- Fixed non-working Scheme API procedure `reset-source-library`.
### Changes in `lepton-cli`:
- Fixed Postscript output in landscape orientation.
- Fixed `--layout` option processing for export.
### Changes in `lepton-netlist`:
- All `lepton-netlist` (previously known as `gnetlist`)
functionality has been reimplemented in Scheme.
- Fixed processing of the `graphical` attribute.
- Fixed a regression in the `verilog` backend.
- A new example and
[a wiki page for it](https://github.com/lepton-eda/lepton-eda/wiki/Verilog-example)
have been added for the `verilog` backend.
### Changes in `lepton-schematic`:
- view-find-text-state action has been added ('View → Find Text State'). It
helps when docking windows GUI is turned off (in that case all widgets
are not always visible).
- "Freestyle" colors gain default values. Now there is no need to
share the color schemes if one use that colors in their schematics.
- A new widget that allows the users to change the schematic font has
been added ('Options → Font...'). The user can click the "Apply" button
to preview the chosen font and then cick the "Save..." button to save
the settings either to the local or user configuraion file. It
changes `font` key in `schematic.gui` group mentioned below.
- A new configuration key `font` in `schematic.gui` group has been
added. The user can now choose the font for schematic text.
- Program-specific settings are now stored in separate configuration
file in `$XDG_CACHE_HOME` directory.
- A new widget for changing color scheme has been added. The user
can now open 'View → Color scheme editor...', choose the colors
she wants, and save the resulting color scheme under appropriate
file name.
- File save dialog now displays proper names for new files.
- File save dialog is no longer opened after 'File → Save' for
existing files if they have already been saved under default
name.
- Some duplicated log messages and superfluous newlines are no
longer displayed in the log window.
- Orphaned pages visible only in Scheme are no longer created
after 'Page → Revert'.
- Tabbed GUI support has been added to `lepton-schematic`: each
schematic page can be now displayed in its own tab. By default,
it is disabled and can be turned on by setting
`schematic.gui::use-tabs` configuration key to `true`. Two
other configuration keys related to tabbed GUI are
`schematic.tabs::show-close-button` and
`schematic.tabs::show-up-button`. They determine whether to show
"close" and "hierarchy up" buttons on each tab, respectively.
- Non-working options "-r" and "--config-file" have been removed.
- A new hook, `switch-action-mode-hook`, has been added, which can
be used to yield user subroutines on mode switch. Please check
`info lepton-scheme` for details.
- 'Text Entry...' dialog now respects the `text-size` option
value.
- Freestyle colors have now appropriate names in GUI.
- A new configuration key `modify-viewport` in `schematic.undo`
group has been added. It allows to change panning and zooming on
undo/redo operations if `undo-panzoom` is set to "disabled" in
`gschemrc` configuration file. The default value is "false".
- Fixed naming of exported files in non-UTF-8 locales.
- Warnings about missing standard menu items no longer clutter the
log window when they are commented out in `system-gschemrc`.
- A new widget to check symbols using `lepton-symcheck`
functionality has been added. Use 'Attributes → Find Specific
Text...' or T, Shift+F, choose
'Check Symbol:' on the combo-box at left, and press the button
'Find'. A message dialog with info about wrong floating
attributes will appear. Closing it with the 'OK' button will
lead to opening a window with info on objects having errors or
warnings if such objects exist. If you select any of them, the
canvas will be panned and zoomed to have it centered on the
page.
- Support for showing widgets as dialogs has been added. Now the
users may decide, what type of GUI they prefer to use: dialog
boxes (as it was before 1.9.2) or docking widgets. The type of
GUI is controlled by the `use-docks` configuration key in the
`schematic.gui` group. By default it's `true`: use docking
widgets. If it's `false` then the widgets will be shown as
dialog boxes.
- A new module, `(schematic undo)` has been added, which contains
a new procedure, `undo-save-state`. It saves current state onto
the undo stack. Now it's possible to support undo/redo
operations while modifying a schematic by scripts written in
Scheme.
- Filtering support has been added to hotkeys dialog. The user
can quickly search by a desired keystroke or an action name in
the `Filter:` entry. When searching for hotkeys, the user has
to enter space between letters.
- A regression in the multiattrib dialog box, resulted in the
wrong height of the value textview, has been fixed.
- A new `font` configuration key in the `schematic.log-window`
group is now used to select the font used in the log window.
- Scrollbars in the log window are no longer shown if the text
fits in the window.
- Automatic scrolling is now used in text properties and object
properties widgets.
- Color selection combo box keeps updated in line with the current
color scheme.
- Several new statusbar settings can now be used to adjust the
statusbar appearance. The user can change one of the settings in
the `schematic.status-bar` configuration group in order to get
her favorite view:
- Rubberband and magnetic net mode indicators can be now turned
on by setting `show-rubber-band` and/or `show-magnetic-net`
configuration keys to `true`, accordingly.
- Indication of mouse button assignment can be switched off by
setting `show-mouse-buttons` configuration key to `false`.
- The user can now affect the font style used for the active
action text with two new keys: `status-active-color` and
`status-bold-font`.
Please see
[the Configuration Settings HowTo](https://github.com/lepton-eda/lepton-eda/wiki/Configuration-Settings)
for more information on the above settings.
- All status bar elements have now tooltip descriptions.
### Changes in `lepton-symcheck`:
- `lepton-symcheck` (previously known as `gsymcheck`)
functionality has been fully reimplemented in Scheme.
- Fixed wrong evaluation of amount of failed checks.
- No Scheme rc files are parsed for the utility any more. Useless
rc procedures `gsymcheck-version`, `quit` and `exit` have been
removed.
- A new option, `--interactive`, has been added, which allows
working with the tool functions in an interactive REPL.
- Improvements and new checks in the utility:
- Improved error messages about various objects.
- Added checks for zero sized primitives.
- Added checks for forbidden objects inside symbols (nets,
buses, components).
- Improved checks for duplicated floating attributes.
- An incorrect warning message about a trailing backslash in
text objects has been fixed.
- Improved checks for the `pinseq` attribute multiplicity.
- Improved special checks for `device` and `graphical`
attributes.
- Output messages about required floating attributes (`refdes`,
`device`, and `footprint`) have been unified and have now
severity `'warning` for all of them.
- Improved checks for symbol slotting: added checks for the
`numslots` attribute and for duplicate pin numbers in the
`slotdef` attributes. Checks for duplicates in wrongly formed
slots are avoided.
- Refactored checks for duplicates in `slotdef`, `net`, and
`pinnumber`.
- Misleading warnings about matching pin number in `net` and
`pinnumber` attributes are removed.
### Changes in `lepton-sch2pcb`:
- Environment variable `GNETLIST` is no longer used in
`lepton-sch2pcb` to custom netlister executable name. It has
been replaced with `NETLISTER`.
- New options, `--backend-cmd`, `--backend-net`, and
`--backend-pcb` can be used to customize backend names. Default
backend names are *pcbpins*, *PCB*, and *gsch2pcb*, respectively.
### Changes in `gmk_sym`:
- Using of both dot and clock in generated symbols for the
`verilog` backend is now allowed. The user should use a new
directive *BOTH* to make this work.
### Changes when building from source:
- Lepton now requires GTK+ 2.24.0, Glib 2.25.0, Gio 2.25.0,
Gdk-pixbuf 2.21.0 or later versions for build.
- Fixed option `--enable-contrib` of the *configure* script.
### Changes related to building under Cygwin:
- An error in Cygwin port for Windows has been fixed. Information
on how to build `lepton-eda` under Cygwin can be found
[in the lepton-eda wiki](https://github.com/lepton-eda/lepton-eda/wiki/Lepton-EDA-and-Cygwin).
Notable changes in Lepton EDA 1.9.3 (20170226)
----------------------------------------------
### Breaking changes:
- `libgeda` has been renamed to `liblepton` and `libgedacairo` has
been renamed to `libleptonrenderer`.
- Most legacy `gnetlist` API functions have been implemented in Scheme. Some
backends may need to be adjusted slightly to take advantage of the
improved API.
- Direct output file access in `gnetlist` backends is now discouraged.
Backends should write netlist data to the current Scheme output
port, unless the backend is generating several files. The
`output-filename` parameter to the main backend entry procedure is
still meaningful; it reflects the output filename requested or is
set to `#f` if `gnetlist` is generating the netlist to standard
output.
### General changes:
- Lepton core tools will now automatically rotate per-user log files.
250 log files per tool will be retained from the last 24 hours, and
50 log files per tool from all time.
- gEDA/gaf tools now search for data and configuration files in the
standard XDG directories. By default, these are:
- `/usr/local/share/gEDA/` and `/usr/share/gEDA` for system data
- `/etc/xdg/gEDA/` for system configuration
- `$HOME/.local/share/gEDA/` for per-user data
- `$HOME/.config/gEDA/` for per-user configuration.
However, gEDA/gaf tools will still use `$HOME/.gEDA` for per-user
files if that directory exists, they still obey the `$GEDADATA` and
`$GEDADATARC` environment variables, and by default the search path
includes the installation prefix selected when compiling Lepton.
- Lepton tools will now search for Scheme code in the `scheme`
subdirectory of the per-user data directory before anywhere else, to
allow easy low-level Lepton customisation.
- The `world-size` rc function has been deprecated, and no longer does
anything.
### Changes in `gschem`:
- The default editor view bounds have been expanded to allow symbols
to be drawn without needing to translate them to the origin.
- The multi-attribute editor now allows navigation between its
controls with Tab and Shift+Tab, a
tooltip for hinting how to add a literal linefeed or tab character,
and a horizontal scrollbar to suppress window resizing.
- You can now launch a Scheme Read-Eval-Print Loop (REPL) in gschem's
controlling terminal with 'File → REPL' or with F,
Shift+R.
- Fix a crash when closing schematic pages, and several possible
crashes when no page is open.
- When undoing an operation the page is zoomed and scaled correctly,
even if the `gschem` window was resized since the operation being
undone.
- 'File → Revert' will now detect changes to symbol libraries since
the the page was loaded. This is helpful when trying to fix things
up when symbols weren't found.
- Faster page redraw operations.
- Junction dots are now drawn slightly larger to ensure that they are
clearly visible.
### Changes in `gnetlist`:
- `gnetlist` will no longer warn if some of the symbols in a merged
component (i.e. symbols with the same `refdes` attribute) are
missing an attribute. For example, you can now attach a `footprint`
attribute to only one symbol in a merged component without warnings.
`gnetlist` continues to warn when it finds conflicting values,
however.
- The `gnetlist` REPL is now compatible with Geiser. Packages,
package pins and pin nets can now be pretty-printed in the REPL.
- All rc functions related to hierarchy have been deprecated, and have
been replaced with config file settings.
- The `drc` backend has been extensively rewritten and improved.
- The `makedepend` backend has been fixed and can now generate Make
rules for hierarchical schematics. It can also work with
non-numbered schematic names.
- The `spice-sdb` backend now emits verbose info to standard error, so
that verbose messages don't end up in the netlist.
- The `vams` (Verilog AMS) backend now generates entity files
correctly.
- The `redac` backend no longer duplicates connection info.
- Several backends no longer emit trailing whitespace.
- Changes for backend authors:
- A new `object-id` function has been added to allow backends to
access the object identifiers used during netlist generation.
- The `gnetlist-version` function has been removed.
- Internal changes:
- A new Scheme test suite has been added, using the SRFI-64
framework.
- "Graphical" netlists are no longer used during netlist generation.
- Schematic page tree creation and transformation procedures are now
accessible from Scheme.
- A new `(gnetlist schematic)` module provides procedures for
working with schematics as first-class objects during netlisting.
- The new `(gnetlist option)` and `(gnetlist config)` modules
provide procedures for working with `gnetlist`'s command-line
arguments and configuration data.
### Scheme API changes
- A new procedure, `log!`, has been added to the `(geda log)` module.
It allows Scheme code to emit log messages in the same way that the
tools' C code does.
- Two new Scheme procedures for working with source library have been
added to the `(geda library)` module: `source-library-contents`
and `set-source-library-contents!`.
- Accessing Lepton values (objects, pages, etc.) via the Scheme API is
now much faster.
Please check `info geda-scheme` for full details.
### Changes when building from source:
- Lepton requires Guile 2.0 or later for build. However, running the
full test suite requires Guile 2.0.13.
- The Lepton source tarball no longer includes `libintl`. When
building Lepton with internationalisation support, GNU `gettext`
0.18 or later is required.
- The configure script now supports an `--enable-contrib` switch.
Unless this is specified, the tools in the `contrib` directory will
not be compiled or installed.
- The configure script now supports an `--enable-relocatable` switch.
When specified, Lepton tools do not have the configured prefix
compiled into them. This option is not supported on BSD systems.
- The configure script now supports a `--disable-deprecated` switch.
When specified, various deprecated features and behaviour are
disabled, which may break backward-compatibility with some
configurations.
----------------------------------------------------------------
Please see [NEWS-1.9.2.txt](docs/news/NEWS-1.9.2.txt) for info on
pre-1.9.3 changes (before *Lepton EDA* has forked from *geda-gaf*).
lepton-eda-1.9.18/version.h 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000000412 14244705624 012426 0000000 0000000 /* Date part of package version string. */
#define PACKAGE_DATE_VERSION "20220529"
/* Dotted part of package version string. */
#define PACKAGE_DOTTED_VERSION "1.9.18"
/* Current git commit. */
#define PACKAGE_GIT_COMMIT "d24967df88cd468f3aca2e33ed203763ea00dc7e"
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/ 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000000000 14244705632 012012 5 0000000 0000000 lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/Makefile.am 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000000350 14244335522 013761 0000000 0000000 if ENABLE_ATTRIB
ATTRIB_SCRIPT_DIR=attrib
endif
SUBDIRS = \
${ATTRIB_SCRIPT_DIR} \
sch2pcb \
tragesym \
symfix \
archive \
embed \
pcb_backannotate \
refdes_renum \
schdiff \
upcfg \
update \
symcheck \
cli \
netlist
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/ 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000000000 14244705631 013273 5 0000000 0000000 lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/Makefile.am 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000000062 14244335522 015243 0000000 0000000 SUBDIRS = tests docs
bin_SCRIPTS = lepton-update
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/docs/ 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000000000 14244705631 014223 5 0000000 0000000 lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/docs/Makefile.am 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000001515 14244335522 016177 0000000 0000000 EXTRA_DIST = \
$(html_man_files) \
lepton-update.1.in
dist_man_MANS = lepton-update.1
.1.in.1:
d=`$(GUILE) -c '(setlocale LC_ALL "C") \
(display (strftime "%B %-d, %Y" \
(car (strptime "%Y%m%d" (cadr (program-arguments))))))' $(DATE_VERSION)` ; \
v="$(DOTTED_VERSION).$(DATE_VERSION)" ; \
y=`echo $(DATE_VERSION)| sed -e"s/\(....\).*/\1/"`; \
sed -e"s:[@]DATE@:$$d:" -e"s:[@]VERSION@:$$v:" -e"s:[@]YEAR@:$$y:" < $< > $@
# Rules for converting man->html
html_man_files = $(dist_man_MANS:%.1=%.html)
SUFFIXES = .1.in .1 .html
docsmandir=$(docdir)/man
docsman_DATA=$(html_man_files)
if ENABLE_GROFF_HTML
.1.html:
rm -rf $@.tmp && \
LC_NUMERIC=C $(GROFF) -man -T html $< >$@.tmp && \
mv -f $@.tmp $@
else
.1.html:
@echo "No working groff available: cannot create $@"
@! :
endif
CLEANFILES = $(dist_man_MANS) $(html_man_files)
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/docs/lepton-update.1 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000003244 14244705631 017011 0000000 0000000 .TH lepton-update 1 "May 29, 2022" "Lepton EDA" 1.9.18.20220529
.SH NAME
lepton-update - update Lepton EDA symbols and schematics
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B lepton-update [\fIOPTION\fR ...] \fIFILE\fR ...
.SH OPTIONS
.TP 8
\fB-h\fR, \fB--help\fR
Print a help message.
.TP 8
\fB-V\fR, \fB--version\fR
Print version information.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBlepton-update\fR is a tool for updating old schematic and
symbols.
.PP
The program takes a schematic or symbol filenames on the command
line and updates them after making backups. It is intended for
running against schematics which are either version 20030921 or
earlier.
.PP
For both symbols and schematics, the program fixes obsolete text
and pin format lines and sets the current format version.
.PP
For schematics, it replaces the \fIlabel=\fR attribute on nets with
\fInetname=\fR, and \fIuref=\fR with \fIrefdes=\fR.
For symbols, it changes them as follows:
.IP \[bu] 2
Converts all \fIpin#=#\fR attributes into \fIpinseq=\fR and
\fIpinnumber=\fR attributes.
.IP \[bu]
Converts all \fIslot#=#\fR attributes into \fIslotdef=\fR
attributes.
.IP \[bu]
Replaces pin attributes \fItype=\fR with \fIpintype=\fR.
.IP \[bu]
Replaces pin attributes \fIlabel=\fR with \fIpinlabel=\fR.
.IP \[bu]
Replaces symbol attribute \fIuref=\fR with \fIrefdes=\fR.
.SH AUTHORS
Vladimir Zhbanov
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 2021-2022 Lepton Developers.
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later. Please see the `COPYING'
file included with this program for full details.
.PP
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fBlepton-schematic\fR(1), \fBlepton-symcheck\fR(1)
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/docs/lepton-update.1.in 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000003232 14244665721 017420 0000000 0000000 .TH lepton-update 1 "@DATE@" "Lepton EDA" @VERSION@
.SH NAME
lepton-update - update Lepton EDA symbols and schematics
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B lepton-update [\fIOPTION\fR ...] \fIFILE\fR ...
.SH OPTIONS
.TP 8
\fB-h\fR, \fB--help\fR
Print a help message.
.TP 8
\fB-V\fR, \fB--version\fR
Print version information.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBlepton-update\fR is a tool for updating old schematic and
symbols.
.PP
The program takes a schematic or symbol filenames on the command
line and updates them after making backups. It is intended for
running against schematics which are either version 20030921 or
earlier.
.PP
For both symbols and schematics, the program fixes obsolete text
and pin format lines and sets the current format version.
.PP
For schematics, it replaces the \fIlabel=\fR attribute on nets with
\fInetname=\fR, and \fIuref=\fR with \fIrefdes=\fR.
For symbols, it changes them as follows:
.IP \[bu] 2
Converts all \fIpin#=#\fR attributes into \fIpinseq=\fR and
\fIpinnumber=\fR attributes.
.IP \[bu]
Converts all \fIslot#=#\fR attributes into \fIslotdef=\fR
attributes.
.IP \[bu]
Replaces pin attributes \fItype=\fR with \fIpintype=\fR.
.IP \[bu]
Replaces pin attributes \fIlabel=\fR with \fIpinlabel=\fR.
.IP \[bu]
Replaces symbol attribute \fIuref=\fR with \fIrefdes=\fR.
.SH AUTHORS
Vladimir Zhbanov
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 2021-@YEAR@ Lepton Developers.
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later. Please see the `COPYING'
file included with this program for full details.
.PP
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fBlepton-schematic\fR(1), \fBlepton-symcheck\fR(1)
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/docs/Makefile.in 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000052513 14244705613 016216 0000000 0000000 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = utils/update/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/guile.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-assert.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-attrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-awk.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-cairo.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-contrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop-i18n.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-doxygen.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-gcc-flags.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git-version.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-groff.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-guile.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-host.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-stroke.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-uri-viewer.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-windows.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/liblepton.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptonattrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptongui.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pcb-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)"
NROFF = nroff
MANS = $(dist_man_MANS)
DATA = $(docsman_DATA)
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(dist_man_MANS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
AR = @AR@
AS = @AS@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BITMAP_DIRECTORY = @BITMAP_DIRECTORY@
CAIRO_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_LIBS = @CAIRO_LIBS@
CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PDF_LIBS = @CAIRO_PDF_LIBS@
CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PNG_LIBS = @CAIRO_PNG_LIBS@
CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PS_LIBS = @CAIRO_PS_LIBS@
CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_SVG_LIBS = @CAIRO_SVG_LIBS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CONVERT = @CONVERT@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
CTAGS = @CTAGS@
CXX = @CXX@
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DATE_VERSION = @DATE_VERSION@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DESKTOP_I18N = @DESKTOP_I18N@
DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE = @DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE@
DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR = @DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR@
DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT = @DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DOT = @DOT@
DOTTED_VERSION = @DOTTED_VERSION@
DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ETAGS = @ETAGS@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE = @FILE@
FILECMD = @FILECMD@
GCC_CFLAGS = @GCC_CFLAGS@
GDK_CFLAGS = @GDK_CFLAGS@
GDK_LIBS = @GDK_LIBS@
GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS = @GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS@
GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS = @GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS@
GETTEXT = @GETTEXT@
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
GIO_CFLAGS = @GIO_CFLAGS@
GIO_LIBS = @GIO_LIBS@
GIT = @GIT@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
GREP = @GREP@
GROFF = @GROFF@
GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS = @GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS@
GTKEXTRA_LIBS = @GTKEXTRA_LIBS@
GTKSHEET_CFLAGS = @GTKSHEET_CFLAGS@
GTKSHEET_LIBS = @GTKSHEET_LIBS@
GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@
GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@
GUILD = @GUILD@
GUILE = @GUILE@
GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@
GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@
GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@
GUILE_LDFLAGS = @GUILE_LDFLAGS@
GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@
GUILE_LTLIBS = @GUILE_LTLIBS@
GUILE_PKG_NAME = @GUILE_PKG_NAME@
GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@
HAVE_GIT_REPO = @HAVE_GIT_REPO@
ICON_THEME_INSTALLER = @ICON_THEME_INSTALLER@
IM_COMPARE = @IM_COMPARE@
IM_CONVERT = @IM_CONVERT@
IM_IDENTIFY = @IM_IDENTIFY@
INKSCAPE = @INKSCAPE@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LEPTONDATADIR = @LEPTONDATADIR@
LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR = @LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR@
LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR = @LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR@
LEX = @LEX@
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN = @LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN@
LIBLEPTON_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTON_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS@
LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
M4 = @M4@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MINGW_CFLAGS = @MINGW_CFLAGS@
MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS = @MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS = @PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS@
PANGOCAIRO_LIBS = @PANGOCAIRO_LIBS@
PANGO_CFLAGS = @PANGO_CFLAGS@
PANGO_LIBS = @PANGO_LIBS@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PCBDATADIR = @PCBDATADIR@
PCBLIBPATH = @PCBLIBPATH@
PCBM4DIR = @PCBM4DIR@
PDFLATEX = @PDFLATEX@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE = @UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE@
UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE = @UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE@
URI_VIEWER = @URI_VIEWER@
USE_LDCONFIG = @USE_LDCONFIG@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS = @WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS@
XDGDATADIR = @XDGDATADIR@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
runstatedir = @runstatedir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
EXTRA_DIST = \
$(html_man_files) \
lepton-update.1.in
dist_man_MANS = lepton-update.1
# Rules for converting man->html
html_man_files = $(dist_man_MANS:%.1=%.html)
SUFFIXES = .1.in .1 .html
docsmandir = $(docdir)/man
docsman_DATA = $(html_man_files)
CLEANFILES = $(dist_man_MANS) $(html_man_files)
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .1.in .1 .html
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/update/docs/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/update/docs/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
install-man1: $(dist_man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list1=''; \
list2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; \
test -n "$(man1dir)" \
&& test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
|| exit 0; \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \
{ for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done; \
if test -n "$$list2"; then \
for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
| sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
fi; \
} | while read p; do \
if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
done | \
sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
-e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
list=; while read file base inst; do \
if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
fi; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
test -z "$$files" || { \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
done; }
uninstall-man1:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
l2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
-e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-docsmanDATA: $(docsman_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(docsman_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsmandir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-docsmanDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(docsman_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsmandir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
tags TAGS:
ctags CTAGS:
cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(MANS) $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-docsmanDATA install-man
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man: install-man1
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-docsmanDATA uninstall-man
uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-docsmanDATA install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-man1 install-pdf \
install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-docsmanDATA uninstall-man \
uninstall-man1
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
.1.in.1:
d=`$(GUILE) -c '(setlocale LC_ALL "C") \
(display (strftime "%B %-d, %Y" \
(car (strptime "%Y%m%d" (cadr (program-arguments))))))' $(DATE_VERSION)` ; \
v="$(DOTTED_VERSION).$(DATE_VERSION)" ; \
y=`echo $(DATE_VERSION)| sed -e"s/\(....\).*/\1/"`; \
sed -e"s:[@]DATE@:$$d:" -e"s:[@]VERSION@:$$v:" -e"s:[@]YEAR@:$$y:" < $< > $@
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@.1.html:
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ rm -rf $@.tmp && \
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ LC_NUMERIC=C $(GROFF) -man -T html $< >$@.tmp && \
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ mv -f $@.tmp $@
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@.1.html:
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@ @echo "No working groff available: cannot create $@"
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@ @! :
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/update/docs/lepton-update.html 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000010454 14244705631 017616 0000000 0000000
lepton-update
lepton-update -
update Lepton EDA symbols and schematics
SYNOPSIS
lepton-update
[OPTION ...] FILE ...
OPTIONS
-h,
--help
Print a help message.
-V, --version
Print version information.
DESCRIPTION
lepton-update
is a tool for updating old schematic and symbols.
The program
takes a schematic or symbol filenames on the command line
and updates them after making backups. It is intended for
running against schematics which are either version 20030921
or earlier.
For both
symbols and schematics, the program fixes obsolete text and
pin format lines and sets the current format version.
For schematics,
it replaces the label= attribute on nets with
netname=, and uref= with refdes=.
For symbols, it
changes them as follows:
•
Converts all pin#=# attributes into
pinseq= and pinnumber= attributes.
•
Converts all slot#=# attributes into
slotdef= attributes.
lepton-schdiff
- Graphical diff tool for schematics
SYNOPSIS
lepton-schdiff[-d VIEWER] infile1.sch infile2.sch
DESCRIPTION
The
lepton-schdiff program will use ImageMagick(1)
to display a graphical diff of two schematic files.
It’s most useful when combined with a revision control
system so it can compare two revisions of the same file,
review changes, etc. However, it is limited in that it can
only compare two files at a time; it cannot diff entire
directories nor can it diff an entire revision (unless that
revision affected only one file).
VIEWER
command, if specified, will be used to display the result.
By default, it’s display program from the
ImageMagick package.
lepton-schdiff
can easily be configured to work with most revision control
systems. Here are instructions for three:
git: Use
the difftool command exactly as you would use
diff , but supply the -x lepton-schdiff
option.
mercurial:
Use the lepton-schdiff command exactly as you would
use diff , but add the following lines to your
.hgrc:
subversion:
Use the diff command like normal, but supply the
--diff-cmd lepton-schdiff option.
Note: To
make lepton-schdiff work properly, all page contents should
be enclosed in some form of bounding box (e.g. a title
block), otherwise the symbols in exported images could have
different relative positions and/or sizes, resulting in a
difference image that is rather hard to comprehend.
EXAMPLES
Use git to view
the changes to a file between two revisions
lepton-tragesym
- create Lepton EDA symbols from structured text files
SYNOPSIS
lepton-tragesymSOURCE-FILE SYMBOL-FILE
DESCRIPTION
lepton-tragesym
creates lepton-schematic symbols from structured text
files.
lepton-tragesym
can:
•
create pins, their elements (clocksign, negation
bubble), and attributes (“pinnumber”,
“pinseq”, “pintype”, and
“pinlabel”);
•
sort the pins alphabetically by their attributes;
•
rotate pinlabel attributes of the top and bottom pins if
requested;
•
swap words in the pinlabel attributes if requested (only
for attributes of the right and top pins, in the latter case
only if rotation is also requested);
•
do some syntax checking to the input file.
SOURCE FILE FORMAT
General
Source file is a text file consisting of three sections:
• [geda_attr]
• [options]
• [pins]
Section name
should be enclosed in square brackets.
Empty lines,
lines consisting of whitespaces only, as well as lines
beginning with the character ’#’ (comments) are
silently ignored.
[options]
The section contains export settings. The following settings
are supported:
•
wordswap
(boolean)
Swap labels if the pin is on
the right side and contains space between words, that is,
looks like this: “PB1 (CLK)”. That may be useful
for micro controller port labels.
•
rotate_labels
(boolean)
Rotate the
“pinlabel” attribute of the top and bottom pins
by 90 degrees. This may be useful for large symbols like
FPGAs with more than 100 pins.
•
sort_labels
(boolean)
Sort the pins by their
“pinlabel” attributes, which is useful for
address ports, busses, etc.
•
generate_pinseq
(boolean)
Automatically generate
“pinseq” attributes for those pins whose
corresponding field in the source file is empty. The
generated attribute values are numbers incremented in the
order the pin description lines appear in the [pins]
section except for already existing numbers.
•
sym_width
(integer)
Minimum box width of the
resulting symbol.
•
pinwidthvertical
(integer)
The vertical distance between
pins on the left or right hand side of the symbol.
•
pinwidthhorizontal
(integer)
The horizontal distance between
pins on the top or bottom of the symbol.
The boolean
values are specified in the source file by the words
“yes” or “on” meaning TRUE and
“no” or “off” meaning FALSE.
[geda_attr]
The section contains the list of Lepton symbol attributes
(“name=value” pairs) which you would want to see
in the symbol file. The attribute names may be separated by
the equal or tabulation character (“=” or
“\t”). The tab separator is supported for
convenient export from spreadsheet programs.
[pins]
The section contains the description of symbol pins to be
made, one pin per line. The pin description consists of
seven tab separated fields, any of which may contain empty
value (no character between tabs). The fields define the
following pin attributes and properties:
1.
“pinnumber”
attribute
The “pinnumber”
attribute represents the physical number of the component
pin.
2.
“pinseq”
attribute
The “pinseq”
attribute is used in Lepton to assign pin numbers for
slotted components and by the SPICE backends to output pins
in right order. Leave the field blank if it doesn’t
matter.
3.
“pintype”
attribute
The “pintype”
attribute defines the pin function (input, output, power,
etc.) and can be one of “in”, “out”,
“io”, “oc”, “oe”,
“pas”, “tp”, “tri”,
“clk”, or “pwr”. The attribute is
used by the DRC backends to check component interconnection
validity.
4.
pin style
Pin style determines the
appearance of the pin. It can be one of “line”
(simple pin), “dot” (pin with negation bubble),
“clk” (pin with clock symbol),
“dotclk” (bubble and clock),
“spacer” (not a pin, just additional empty space
between two pins), or “none” (to add a virtual
pin via the “net” attribute).
5.
pin position
Pin position determines the
side of the component the pin should be placed on. It can be
“l” (left), “r” (right),
“t” (top), “b” (bottom), or empty
(“”) when the pin should be defined in the
“net” attribute.
6.
pin net
Specifies the net name of the
pin to define via the “net” attribute, for
example, “Vcc” or “GND”.
7.
“pinlabel”
attribute
The “pinlabel”
attribute represents the visible pin label defining its name
in the component, for example “A” (anode) or
“C” (cathode) in a diode symbol. Negation lines
can be added with “\_”, for example,
“\_enable\_”. If you want to add the character
“\”, use “\\” as escape sequence.
This is supported by ’lepton-schematic’.
TUTORIAL
There is a
tutorial on the use of tragesym, the predecessor of
lepton-tragesym, at:
The initial
Python script has been written by Werner Hoch
<werner.ho@gmx.de>. The program has been rewritten
almost from scratch in Scheme by Vladimir Zhbanov
<vzhbanov@gmail.com>.
The
lepton-pcb_backannotate program reads an engineering
change order (ECO) file generated by the PCB program (using
the Renumber() action) and back-annotates the requested
changes to a lepton-schematic schematic(s). Currently it
supports back annotation of reference designators
(refdes).
OPTIONS
-h, --help
prints help message and
exits
-n, --nocopy
Leave the modified schematic
files in new files whose names are generated by appending
.new to the original file names. The default is to
overwrite the original.
-v, --verbose
operate verbosely
-V, --version
prints version information and
exits
EXIT STATUS
lepton-pcb_backannotate
will return 0 if all files processed successfully,
non-zero if the command did not complete
successfully.
BUGS
Rather than
parsing and processing schematic files directly, this
utility should be rewritten using the Lepton EDA scheme API.
This would take advantage of the existing parsers for the
schematic files.
lepton-embed -
Embed/unembed schematic components and pictures
SYNOPSIS
lepton-embed
-e | -u [OPTIONS] FILE ...
DESCRIPTION
lepton-embed
can embed the in-use schematic symbols and pictures into a
schematic or set of schematics. It allows, for instance,
putting a schematic on a website or in an email without the
recipient needing to download lots of custom symbols for the
design.
lepton-embed
can also unembed symbol references from a schematic, but
note that the symbols revert to library references; if the
symbol doesn’t exist in the current Lepton EDA
project’s library path, a broken schematic
results.
OPTIONS
-e,
--embed
Embed. Without -p or
-c, embed all components and pictures.
-u, --unembed
Unembed. Without -p or
-c, unembed all components and pictures.
-p,
--pictures
Process pictures only.
-c,
--components
Process components only.
-x, --suffix
SUFFIX
Do not change input files.
Modified files will be saved as
FILE.SUFFIX.
-V, --version
Show version information.
-h, --help
Show usage information.
AUTHOR
The initial
program (gschlas, later renamed to lepton-schlas) has been
written by Ales Hvezda <ahvezda@seul.org>. The
lepton-embed Scheme script has been written by dmn
<graahnul.grom@gmail.com>.
lepton-cli
is part of the Lepton EDA (Electronic Design Automation)
toolset. It provides a number of small command-line
utilities for working with schematic and symbol files, and
is designed to be used for batch processing of designs
created using the schematic editor
lepton-schematic(1). It currently has three built-in
COMMANDs:
lepton-cli
export is used to create SVG, PDF, PNG, PS and EPS files
from schematic and symbol files, for printing or embedding
in other documents.
lepton-cli
config allows reading and writing settings in Lepton EDA
project, user and system configuration stores.
lepton-cli
shell provides a Scheme REPL for command-line batch
processing of schematic data.
GENERAL OPTIONS
--no-rcfiles
Prevent ’gafrc’
Scheme initialisation files from being loaded.
lepton-cli
export can export schematic and symbol files in a
variety of image formats for printing or further processing.
It currently supports single-page PNG, SVG and EPS output,
and multi-page PS and PDF output. It accepts a variety of
options for controlling how the output is formatted.
-o, --output=FILE
Output generated image data to
FILE.
-f,
--format=(png | pdf | svg |
ps | eps)
Specify an output format.
Usually, this option is not required, because lepton-cli
export will infer the correct format from the file
extension of the output file.
-p,
--paper=NAME
Size the output for a
particular paper size. The NAME should be a PWG
5101.1-2002 paper name. For example, valid values include
’iso_a4’, ’na_letter’, or
’na_d’.
-P,
--paper-names
Print paper size names suitable
to pass to the --paper option and exit.
-l,
--layout=(auto | landscape |
portrait)
When using a paper size, set
the orientation of the output. If ’auto’ layout
is used, the orientation that best fits the drawing will be
used.
-s,
--size=(auto | WIDTH:HEIGHT)
Size the output with specific
dimensions. If the size is ’auto’, select the
size that best fits the drawing.
-k,
--scale=FACTOR Set the output scale
FACTOR. This is a
distance identical with 100 points (1 default grid spacing)
in lepton-schematic(1) coordinate space. It is used
to size the output when neither --paper nor
--size are given, and defaults to 100 mil.
Set the widths of the margins
to be used. If ’auto’ margins are specified, a
sensible default value will be chosen. Up to four margin
widths can be provided. If one is provided, it will be used
on all four sides. If two are provided, the first will be
used for the top/bottom and the second for the left/right.
If three are provided, the first will be used for the top,
the second for left/right, and the third for the bottom.
-a,
--align=(auto |
HALIGN:VALIGN)
Set how the drawing is aligned
within the page. HALIGN controls the horizontal
alignment, and VALIGN the vertical. Each alignment
value should be in the range 0.0 to 1.0. The
’auto’ alignment is equivalent to a value of
’0.5:0.5’, i.e. centered.
-d,
--dpi=DPI
Set the number of pixels per
inch used when generating PNG output.
-c, --color
Enable colour output.
--no-color
Disable color output.
-F,
--font=FONT-FAMILY
Set the font to be used for
drawing text.
--
Treat all remaining arguments as schematic or symbol
filenames. Use this if you have a schematic or symbol
filename which begins with ’-’.
The
--size, --margins, or --scale options
described above accept values using units of
’mm’, ’cm’, ’in’,
’pc’, ’px’, or ’pt’. If
you do not provide a unit, points are assumed. N.b. that
’px’ are evaluated relative to the current
--dpi setting.
When using the
--size, --margins, or --align options
with multiple values, you may use ’;’, or
’ ’ as a separator between them instead of
’:’. In such a case, remember to properly quote
your arguments to avoid them to be interpreted by your
shell.
ACCESSING CONFIGURATION
lepton-cli
config [OPTION] [GROUP KEY
[VALUE]]
lepton-cli
config is a basic utility for inspecting and modifying
Lepton EDA configuration stores.
If a
GROUP and KEY are specified, retrieves the value of
that configuration parameter. If a VALUE is
specified, sets the value of that parameter. The -p,
-u and -s options can be used to select the
configuration store affected (by default, the project
configuration store for the current working directory). If
no GROUP and KEY are provided, outputs the
filename of the selected configuration store.
-p [PATH], --project[=PATH]
Select the project
configuration store of the project located in PATH.
If no PATH is provided, selects the project in the
current working directory. Unlike --project, for
which an optional argument must be specified using =,
any argument after -p is considered to be a path, not
a configuration group. It may be specified as -pPATH
or -p PATH.
-u, --user
Select the user configuration
store.
-s, --system
Select the system configuration
store. Depending on user permissions, the system
configuration store may be read-only.
-c, --cache
Select the program-specific
configuration store (CACHE configuration context, associated
with $XDG_CACHE_HOME/lepton-eda/gui.conf configuration
file).
SCHEME PROCESSING
lepton-cli
shell [OPTION ...]
lepton-cli
shell provides a Scheme Read-Eval-Print Loop (REPL) for
automating processing of schematic and symbol files. It is
designed to be used with the Lepton EDA Scheme API.
-sFILE
Evaluate Scheme source code from FILE, and
exit.
-cEXPR
Evaluate the Scheme expression EXPR, and
exit.
--
Stop scanning arguments; run interactively.
-LDIRECTORY
Prepend DIRECTORY to the
list of directories to be searched for Scheme files.
-lFILE
Evaluate Scheme source code from FILE.
The -s,
-c and -- switches stop argument processing
and pass all the remaining arguments as the value of
’(command-line)’.
AUTHORS
See the
’AUTHORS’ file included with this program.
lepton-sch2pcb
- Update PCB layouts from Lepton EDA schematics
SYNOPSIS
lepton-sch2pcb
[OPTION ...] {PROJECT | FILE ...}
DESCRIPTION
lepton-sch2pcb
is a frontend to lepton-netlist(1) which aids in
creating and updating pcb(1) printed circuit board
layouts based on a set of electronic schematics created with
lepton-schematic(1).
Instead of
specifying all options and input schematic FILEs on
the command line, lepton-sch2pcb can use a
PROJECT file instead.
lepton-sch2pcb
first runs lepton-netlist(1) with the
’PCB’ backend (or backend specified by
--backend-net) to create a ’<name>.net’
file containing a pcb(1) formatted netlist for the
design.
The second step
is to run lepton-netlist(1) again with the
’gsch2pcb’ backend (or backend specified by
--backend-pcb) to find any M4(1) elements required by
the schematics. Any missing elements are found by searching
a set of file element directories. If no
’<name>.pcb’ file exists for the design
yet, it is created with the required elements; otherwise,
any new elements are output to a
’<name>.new.pcb’ file.
If a
’<name>.pcb’ file exists, it is searched
for elements with a non-empty element name with no matching
schematic symbol. These elements are removed from the
’<name>.pcb’ file, with a backup in a
’<name>.pcb.bak’ file.
Finally,
lepton-netlist(1) is run a third time with the
’pcbpins’ backend (or backend specified by
--backend-cmd) to create a ’<name>.cmd’
file. This can be loaded into pcb(1) to rename all
pin names in the PCB layout to match the schematic.
OPTIONS
-o,
--output-name=BASENAME
Use output filenames
’BASENAME.net’,
’BASENAME.pcb’, and
’BASENAME.new.pcb’. By default, the
basename of the first schematic file in the list of input
files is used.
-d,
--elements-dir=DIRECTORY
Add DIRECTORY to the
list of directories to search for PCB file elements. By
default, the following directories are searched if they
exist: ’./packages’,
’/usr/local/share/pcb/newlib’,
’/usr/share/pcb/newlib’,
’/usr/local/lib/pcb_lib’,
’/usr/lib/pcb_lib’,
’/usr/local/pcb_lib’.
-f,
--use-files
Force use of file elements in
preference to elements generated with M4(1).
-s, --skip-m4
Disable element generation
using M4(1) entirely.
--m4-fileFILE
Use the M4(1) file
FILE in addition to the default M4 files
’./pcb.inc’ and
’~/.pcb/pcb.inc’.
--m4-pcbdirDIRECTORY
Set DIRECTORY as the
directory where lepton-sch2pcb should look for
M4(1) files installed by pcb(1).
-r,
--remove-unfound
Don’t include references
to unfound elements in the generated ’.pcb’
files. Use if you want pcb(1) to be able to load the
(incomplete) ’.pcb’ file. This is enabled by
default.
-k,
--keep-unfound
Keep include references to
unfound elements in the generated ’.pcb’ files.
Use if you want to hand edit or otherwise preprocess the
generated ’.pcb’ file before running
pcb(1).
-p,
--preserve
Preserve elements in PCB files
which are not found in the schematics. Since elements with
an empty element name (schematic "refdes") are
never deleted, this option is rarely useful.
--backend-cmdBACKEND
Use BACKEND to generate
’<name>.cmd’ file instead of the default
one (’pcbpins’).
--backend-netBACKEND
Use BACKEND to generate
’<name>.net’ file instead of the default
one (’PCB’).
--backend-pcbBACKEND
Use BACKEND to generate
’<name>.pcb’ file instead of the default
one (’gsch2pcb’).
--gnetlistBACKEND
In addition to the default
backends, run lepton-netlist(1) with ’-g
BACKEND’, with output to
’<name>.BACKEND’.
--gnetlist-argARG
Pass ARG as an
additional argument to lepton-netlist(1).
--empty-footprintNAME
If NAME is not
’none’, lepton-sch2pcb will not add
elements for components with that name to the PCB file. Note
that if the omitted components have net connections, they
will still appear in the netlist and pcb(1) will warn
that they are missing.
--fix-elements
If a schematic
component’s ’footprint’ attribute is not
equal to the ’Description’ of the corresponding
PCB element, update the ’Description’ instead of
replacing the element.
-q, --quiet
Don’t output information
on steps to take after running lepton-sch2pcb.
-v, --verbose
Output extra debugging
information. This option can be specified twice (’-v
-v’) to obtain additional debugging for file
elements.
-h, --help
Print a help message.
-V, --version
Print lepton-sch2pcb
version information.
PROJECT FILES
A
lepton-sch2pcb project file is a file (not ending in
’.sch’) containing a list of schematics to
process and some options. Any long-form command line option
can appear in the project file with the leading
’--’ removed, with the exception of
’--gnetlist-arg’, ’--fix-elements’,
’--verbose’, and ’--version’.
Schematics should be listed on a line beginning with
’schematics’.
An example
project file might look like:
schematics partA.sch partB.sch
output-name design
ENVIRONMENT
NETLISTER
specifies the
netlister(1) program to run. The default is
’lepton-netlist’.
lepton-upcfg
converts legacy configuration stored in geda*.conf files to
Lepton EDA configuration format used in lepton*.conf files.
By default, the result is printed to standard output.
One of the
options can be passed on the command line to upgrade the
configuration stored in predefined locations. Instead of the
options, one can specify the configuration file path to
convert and redirect the output to some destination
file.
OPTIONS
-l,
--local
Read and upgrade configuration
from the geda.conf file in current directory. If
-c is specified, write the result to the
lepton.conf file in current directory.
-u, --user
Upgrade the user configuration.
If multiple user configuration files are found, prompt the
user to select which file to use. If -c is specified,
write the result to the lepton-user.conf file in
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/lepton-eda directory (typically,
~/.config/lepton-eda).
-c, --copy
Write upgraded configuration to
corresponding lepton*.conf file instead of standard
ouput.
lepton-archive
- create and extract Lepton EDA design archives
SYNOPSIS
lepton-archive
[OPTIONS] FILE ...
DESCRIPTION
lepton-archive
creates and extracts Lepton EDA designs from an archive. The
two modes of operation are "archive mode" (archive
creation) and "extract mode". In archive mode it
creates a project archive from a bunch of project files, and
in extract mode it extracts the files from the archive and
places them in the local directory.
In archive mode
the program processes schematic files traversing their
hierarchy, collecting and caching all subschematics, symbols
and subcircuits specified in the "file="
attributes.
Archive mode is
the default.
OPTIONS
-h, --help
Print usage information.
-v, --verbose Verbose mode.
-f, --files-from=FILE Additionally read filenames to archive
from FILE.
-e, --extract Extract mode. Mandatory if you want to extract
from archive.
-a, --archive Archive mode. It is the default mode.
-o, --output=FILE Specify the name of the output archive
file
in archive mode. If FILE has no ".tar.gz" suffix
it will be
automatically appended.
Default file name is "project-archive.tar.gz".
EXAMPLES
To create an
archive named MyArchive.tar.gz, the files to store are
listed in "archive-list":
The initial
Python script has been written by Stuart Brorson
<sdb@cloud9.net>. The program has been rewritten
almost from scratch in Scheme by Vladimir Zhbanov
<vzhbanov@gmail.com>.
lepton-refdes_renum
reads a lepton-schematic schematic file or files and
renumbers all reference designators. The reference
designators are numbered starting with 1 and the old
schematic file is replaced by the modified schematic
file.
OPTIONS
--help,
-h
Display a help message.
--nocopy
If given, this flag leaves the
modified files in new files whose names are generated by
appending a ’.renum’ to the original file names.
The default is to overwrite the original.
--pgskip
When this flag is used,
components on the first schematic sheet are numbered
starting with 101. On the second sheet, they start with 201,
etc Specifying a value gives the step between pages. For
example --pgskip 10 will start with 11, 21, 31, etc.
--gentle
This flag tells
lepton-refdes_renum to leave any refdeses alone if they
already have numbers. Use this option to number new
components in a schematic which has already been numbered.
Note that --gentle is set by default!
--force
Set this flag to renumber all
refdeses, whether they are already numbered or not.
--verbose
Enables verbose output.
--version
Shows the version of this
program.
RETURN CODES
lepton-refdes_renum
returns the following codes to the shell upon
completion:
0
Program ran successfully.
1
Error opening or reading input file.
2
Error opening or writing output file.
3
Too many components for --pgskip setting.
4
Internal error (program bug encountered).
EXAMPLES
To renumber the
reference designators in a single page schematic
mysch.sch:
lepton-refdes_renum
mysch.sch
To renumber the
reference designators in schematic pages pg1.sch, pg2.sch
and pg3.sch, with the reference designators on pg1.sch
beginning at 101, the designators on pg2.sch beginning at
201, and the designators on pg3.sch beginning at 301:
This is free
software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/symfix/docs/lepton-symfix.1.in 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000003243 14244665721 017514 0000000 0000000 .TH lepton-symfix 1 "@DATE@" "Lepton EDA" @VERSION@
.SH NAME
lepton-symfix \- automatically fix common issues with Lepton EDA symbols
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B lepton-symfix [
.I options
.B ]
.I symbol_file
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B lepton-symfix
reads a Lepton EDA symbol file and does the following:
.IP \(bu
prints a warning if there is no pinnumber attribute on a pin;
.IP \(bu
Renumbers pinseq attributes on all pins, starting with 1;
.IP \(bu
Adds a pinseq attribute to a pin if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a pinlabel=n_a attribute to a pin if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a pintype=io attribute to a pin if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a numslots=0 attribute to the symbol if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a device=XXX attribute to the symbol if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a footprint=XXX attribute to the symbol if none exists.
.PP
The idea here is to fix common cut-and-paste issues and fix up
the symbol so that it will pass
.BR lepton-symcheck (1)
with no errors or
warnings.
.SH OPTIONS
.B lepton-symfix
accepts the following options:
.TP
.BR -h ", " \-\-help
Displays this help message.
.TP
.B \-\-verbose
Enables verbose output.
.TP
.B \-\-vverbose
Enables *very* verbose output.
.TP
.B \-\-version
Shows the version of this program.
.SH AUTHOR
Mike Skerritt .
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR lepton-schematic (1),
.BR lepton-symcheck (1)
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 2012-2014 gEDA Contributors.
Copyright \(co 2017-@YEAR@ Lepton EDA Contributors.
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later. Please see the `COPYING'
file included with this program for full details.
.PP
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/symfix/docs/lepton-symfix.1 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000003255 14244705630 017104 0000000 0000000 .TH lepton-symfix 1 "May 29, 2022" "Lepton EDA" 1.9.18.20220529
.SH NAME
lepton-symfix \- automatically fix common issues with Lepton EDA symbols
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B lepton-symfix [
.I options
.B ]
.I symbol_file
.SH DESCRIPTION
.B lepton-symfix
reads a Lepton EDA symbol file and does the following:
.IP \(bu
prints a warning if there is no pinnumber attribute on a pin;
.IP \(bu
Renumbers pinseq attributes on all pins, starting with 1;
.IP \(bu
Adds a pinseq attribute to a pin if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a pinlabel=n_a attribute to a pin if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a pintype=io attribute to a pin if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a numslots=0 attribute to the symbol if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a device=XXX attribute to the symbol if none exists;
.IP \(bu
Adds a footprint=XXX attribute to the symbol if none exists.
.PP
The idea here is to fix common cut-and-paste issues and fix up
the symbol so that it will pass
.BR lepton-symcheck (1)
with no errors or
warnings.
.SH OPTIONS
.B lepton-symfix
accepts the following options:
.TP
.BR -h ", " \-\-help
Displays this help message.
.TP
.B \-\-verbose
Enables verbose output.
.TP
.B \-\-vverbose
Enables *very* verbose output.
.TP
.B \-\-version
Shows the version of this program.
.SH AUTHOR
Mike Skerritt .
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR lepton-schematic (1),
.BR lepton-symcheck (1)
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 2012-2014 gEDA Contributors.
Copyright \(co 2017-2022 Lepton EDA Contributors.
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later. Please see the `COPYING'
file included with this program for full details.
.PP
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/symfix/docs/Makefile.in 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000052611 14244705613 016252 0000000 0000000 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = utils/symfix/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/guile.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-assert.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-attrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-awk.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-cairo.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-contrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop-i18n.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-doxygen.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-gcc-flags.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git-version.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-groff.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-guile.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-host.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-stroke.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-uri-viewer.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-windows.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/liblepton.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptonattrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptongui.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pcb-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(dist_docsman_DATA) \
$(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)"
NROFF = nroff
MANS = $(dist_man_MANS)
DATA = $(dist_docsman_DATA)
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(dist_man_MANS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
AR = @AR@
AS = @AS@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BITMAP_DIRECTORY = @BITMAP_DIRECTORY@
CAIRO_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_LIBS = @CAIRO_LIBS@
CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PDF_LIBS = @CAIRO_PDF_LIBS@
CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PNG_LIBS = @CAIRO_PNG_LIBS@
CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PS_LIBS = @CAIRO_PS_LIBS@
CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_SVG_LIBS = @CAIRO_SVG_LIBS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CONVERT = @CONVERT@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
CTAGS = @CTAGS@
CXX = @CXX@
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DATE_VERSION = @DATE_VERSION@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DESKTOP_I18N = @DESKTOP_I18N@
DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE = @DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE@
DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR = @DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR@
DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT = @DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DOT = @DOT@
DOTTED_VERSION = @DOTTED_VERSION@
DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ETAGS = @ETAGS@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE = @FILE@
FILECMD = @FILECMD@
GCC_CFLAGS = @GCC_CFLAGS@
GDK_CFLAGS = @GDK_CFLAGS@
GDK_LIBS = @GDK_LIBS@
GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS = @GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS@
GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS = @GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS@
GETTEXT = @GETTEXT@
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
GIO_CFLAGS = @GIO_CFLAGS@
GIO_LIBS = @GIO_LIBS@
GIT = @GIT@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
GREP = @GREP@
GROFF = @GROFF@
GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS = @GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS@
GTKEXTRA_LIBS = @GTKEXTRA_LIBS@
GTKSHEET_CFLAGS = @GTKSHEET_CFLAGS@
GTKSHEET_LIBS = @GTKSHEET_LIBS@
GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@
GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@
GUILD = @GUILD@
GUILE = @GUILE@
GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@
GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@
GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@
GUILE_LDFLAGS = @GUILE_LDFLAGS@
GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@
GUILE_LTLIBS = @GUILE_LTLIBS@
GUILE_PKG_NAME = @GUILE_PKG_NAME@
GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@
HAVE_GIT_REPO = @HAVE_GIT_REPO@
ICON_THEME_INSTALLER = @ICON_THEME_INSTALLER@
IM_COMPARE = @IM_COMPARE@
IM_CONVERT = @IM_CONVERT@
IM_IDENTIFY = @IM_IDENTIFY@
INKSCAPE = @INKSCAPE@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LEPTONDATADIR = @LEPTONDATADIR@
LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR = @LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR@
LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR = @LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR@
LEX = @LEX@
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN = @LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN@
LIBLEPTON_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTON_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS@
LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
M4 = @M4@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MINGW_CFLAGS = @MINGW_CFLAGS@
MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS = @MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS = @PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS@
PANGOCAIRO_LIBS = @PANGOCAIRO_LIBS@
PANGO_CFLAGS = @PANGO_CFLAGS@
PANGO_LIBS = @PANGO_LIBS@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PCBDATADIR = @PCBDATADIR@
PCBLIBPATH = @PCBLIBPATH@
PCBM4DIR = @PCBM4DIR@
PDFLATEX = @PDFLATEX@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE = @UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE@
UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE = @UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE@
URI_VIEWER = @URI_VIEWER@
USE_LDCONFIG = @USE_LDCONFIG@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS = @WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS@
XDGDATADIR = @XDGDATADIR@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
runstatedir = @runstatedir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
dist_man_MANS = \
lepton-symfix.1
EXTRA_DIST = \
lepton-symfix.1.in
# Rules for converting man->html
html_man_files = $(dist_man_MANS:%.1=%.html)
SUFFIXES = .1.in .1 .html
docsmandir = $(docdir)/man
dist_docsman_DATA = $(html_man_files)
CLEANFILES = $(dist_man_MANS) $(html_man_files)
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .1.in .1 .html
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/symfix/docs/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/symfix/docs/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
install-man1: $(dist_man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list1=''; \
list2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; \
test -n "$(man1dir)" \
&& test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
|| exit 0; \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \
{ for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done; \
if test -n "$$list2"; then \
for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
| sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
fi; \
} | while read p; do \
if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
done | \
sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
-e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
list=; while read file base inst; do \
if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
fi; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
test -z "$$files" || { \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
done; }
uninstall-man1:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
l2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
-e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-dist_docsmanDATA: $(dist_docsman_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(dist_docsman_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsmandir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-dist_docsmanDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(dist_docsman_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsmandir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
tags TAGS:
ctags CTAGS:
cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(MANS) $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-dist_docsmanDATA install-man
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man: install-man1
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-dist_docsmanDATA uninstall-man
uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-dist_docsmanDATA install-dvi install-dvi-am \
install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
install-info install-info-am install-man install-man1 \
install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
tags-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dist_docsmanDATA \
uninstall-man uninstall-man1
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
.1.in.1:
d=`$(GUILE) -c '(setlocale LC_ALL "C") \
(display (strftime "%B %-d, %Y" \
(car (strptime "%Y%m%d" (cadr (program-arguments))))))' $(DATE_VERSION)` ; \
v="$(DOTTED_VERSION).$(DATE_VERSION)" ; \
y=`echo $(DATE_VERSION)| sed -e"s/\(....\).*/\1/"`; \
sed -e"s:[@]DATE@:$$d:" -e"s:[@]VERSION@:$$v:" -e"s:[@]YEAR@:$$y:" < $< > $@
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@.1.html:
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ rm -rf $@.tmp && \
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ LC_NUMERIC=C $(GROFF) -man -T html $< >$@.tmp && \
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ mv -f $@.tmp $@
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@.1.html:
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@ @echo "No working groff available: cannot create $@"
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@ @! :
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/symfix/Makefile.in 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000062560 14244705613 015326 0000000 0000000 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = utils/symfix
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/guile.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-assert.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-attrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-awk.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-cairo.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-contrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop-i18n.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-doxygen.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-gcc-flags.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git-version.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-groff.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-guile.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-host.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-stroke.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-uri-viewer.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-windows.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/liblepton.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptonattrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptongui.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pcb-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"
SCRIPTS = $(bin_SCRIPTS)
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
am__recursive_targets = \
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
$(am__extra_recursive_targets)
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir distdir-am
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
# *not* preserved.
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
'
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
# for different programs/libraries.
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
am__relativize = \
dir0=`pwd`; \
sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first" != "."; then \
if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
else \
first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
else \
dir2="../$$dir2"; \
fi; \
dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
fi; \
fi; \
dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
done; \
reldir="$$dir2"
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
AR = @AR@
AS = @AS@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BITMAP_DIRECTORY = @BITMAP_DIRECTORY@
CAIRO_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_LIBS = @CAIRO_LIBS@
CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PDF_LIBS = @CAIRO_PDF_LIBS@
CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PNG_LIBS = @CAIRO_PNG_LIBS@
CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PS_LIBS = @CAIRO_PS_LIBS@
CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_SVG_LIBS = @CAIRO_SVG_LIBS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CONVERT = @CONVERT@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
CTAGS = @CTAGS@
CXX = @CXX@
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DATE_VERSION = @DATE_VERSION@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DESKTOP_I18N = @DESKTOP_I18N@
DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE = @DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE@
DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR = @DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR@
DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT = @DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DOT = @DOT@
DOTTED_VERSION = @DOTTED_VERSION@
DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ETAGS = @ETAGS@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE = @FILE@
FILECMD = @FILECMD@
GCC_CFLAGS = @GCC_CFLAGS@
GDK_CFLAGS = @GDK_CFLAGS@
GDK_LIBS = @GDK_LIBS@
GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS = @GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS@
GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS = @GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS@
GETTEXT = @GETTEXT@
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
GIO_CFLAGS = @GIO_CFLAGS@
GIO_LIBS = @GIO_LIBS@
GIT = @GIT@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
GREP = @GREP@
GROFF = @GROFF@
GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS = @GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS@
GTKEXTRA_LIBS = @GTKEXTRA_LIBS@
GTKSHEET_CFLAGS = @GTKSHEET_CFLAGS@
GTKSHEET_LIBS = @GTKSHEET_LIBS@
GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@
GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@
GUILD = @GUILD@
GUILE = @GUILE@
GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@
GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@
GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@
GUILE_LDFLAGS = @GUILE_LDFLAGS@
GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@
GUILE_LTLIBS = @GUILE_LTLIBS@
GUILE_PKG_NAME = @GUILE_PKG_NAME@
GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@
HAVE_GIT_REPO = @HAVE_GIT_REPO@
ICON_THEME_INSTALLER = @ICON_THEME_INSTALLER@
IM_COMPARE = @IM_COMPARE@
IM_CONVERT = @IM_CONVERT@
IM_IDENTIFY = @IM_IDENTIFY@
INKSCAPE = @INKSCAPE@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LEPTONDATADIR = @LEPTONDATADIR@
LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR = @LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR@
LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR = @LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR@
LEX = @LEX@
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN = @LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN@
LIBLEPTON_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTON_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS@
LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
M4 = @M4@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MINGW_CFLAGS = @MINGW_CFLAGS@
MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS = @MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS = @PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS@
PANGOCAIRO_LIBS = @PANGOCAIRO_LIBS@
PANGO_CFLAGS = @PANGO_CFLAGS@
PANGO_LIBS = @PANGO_LIBS@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PCBDATADIR = @PCBDATADIR@
PCBLIBPATH = @PCBLIBPATH@
PCBM4DIR = @PCBM4DIR@
PDFLATEX = @PDFLATEX@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE = @UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE@
UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE = @UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE@
URI_VIEWER = @URI_VIEWER@
USE_LDCONFIG = @USE_LDCONFIG@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS = @WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS@
XDGDATADIR = @XDGDATADIR@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
runstatedir = @runstatedir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
SUBDIRS = \
docs
bin_SCRIPTS = \
lepton-symfix
EXTRA_DIST = \
lepton-symfix
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/symfix/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/symfix/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
install-binSCRIPTS: $(bin_SCRIPTS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; else :; fi; \
done | \
sed -e 'p;s,.*/,,;n' \
-e 'h;s|.*|.|' \
-e 'p;x;s,.*/,,;$(transform)' | sed 'N;N;N;s,\n, ,g' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = ""; dirs["."] = 1; } \
{ d=$$3; if (dirs[d] != 1) { print "d", d; dirs[d] = 1 } \
if ($$2 == $$4) { files[d] = files[d] " " $$1; \
if (++n[d] == $(am__install_max)) { \
print "f", d, files[d]; n[d] = 0; files[d] = "" } } \
else { print "f", d "/" $$4, $$1 } } \
END { for (d in files) print "f", d, files[d] }' | \
while read type dir files; do \
if test "$$dir" = .; then dir=; else dir=/$$dir; fi; \
test -z "$$files" || { \
echo " $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir'"; \
$(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)$$dir" || exit $$?; \
} \
; done
uninstall-binSCRIPTS:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; test -n "$(bindir)" || exit 0; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | \
sed -e 's,.*/,,;$(transform)'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
$(am__recursive_targets):
@fail=; \
if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
failcom='fail=yes'; \
else \
failcom='exit 1'; \
fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| eval $$failcom; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
tags: tags-recursive
TAGS: tags
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
"$$@" $$unique; \
else \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
ctags: ctags-recursive
CTAGS: ctags
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
case "$(srcdir)" in \
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
esac; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then \
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
else \
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
fi; \
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
$(am__make_dryrun) \
|| test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
distdir="$$new_distdir" \
am__remove_distdir=: \
am__skip_length_check=: \
am__skip_mode_fix=: \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile $(SCRIPTS)
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
html-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am: install-binSCRIPTS
install-html: install-html-recursive
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-recursive
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-binSCRIPTS
.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) install-am install-strip
.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool cscopelist-am ctags \
ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-binSCRIPTS install-data \
install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-binSCRIPTS
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/symfix/lepton-symfix 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000015167 14244335522 016024 0000000 0000000 #!/usr/bin/env perl
my $version = "0.8";
# This script reads a Lepton EDA symbol and does the following:
# (...see the usage routine below...)
# for parsing input options
use Getopt::Long;
# don't allow -he to be interpreted as --help
$Getopt::Long::autoabbrev=0;
&GetOptions(("help|h" => \&usage,
"verbose" => \$verbose,
"vverbose" => \$vverbose,
"version" => \&version
));
usage() if $Getopt::Long::error;
usage() unless @ARGV;
my $found_pinnumber_attr = 0;
my $found_pinseq_attr = 0;
my $found_pintype_attr = 0;
my $found_pinlabel_attr = 0;
my $found_numslots_attr = 0;
my $found_device_attr = 0;
my $found_footprint_attr = 0;
my $seqcnt = 0;
my $skip_line_out = 0;
my $file_line = 0;
my $st_scan = 0;
my $st_pin_start = 1;
my $st_pin_body = 2;
my $state = $st_scan; # intial state machine state
if($vverbose) { $verbose = 1; }
# make sure the input schematic exists and we can read it
my $fname=shift(@ARGV);
print "\nProcessing symbol file $fname\n";
open(NETLIST,"$fname") or die "Can't open $fname: $!\n";
# open output netlist
$outfname="$fname.fix";
open(OUTNET,">$outfname") or die "Can't open $outfname: $!\n";
# parse netlist
while($line = ) {
$file_line++;
#==========================
if( $state == $st_scan ) {
if( $line =~ /^P/) {
$state = $st_pin_start;
if($vverbose){print "Pin start...\n";}
}
elsif( $line =~ /^numslots=/) {
$found_numslots_attr = 1;
}
elsif( $line =~ /^device=/) {
$found_device_attr = 1;
}
elsif( $line =~ /^footprint=/) {
$found_footprint_attr = 1;
}
print OUTNET $line;
}
#==========================
elsif( $state == $st_pin_start ) {
if( $line =~ /^{/) {
$state = $st_pin_body;
$found_pinnumber_attr = 0;
$found_pinseq_attr = 0;
$found_pintype_attr = 0;
$found_pinlabel_attr = 0;
print OUTNET $line;
}
else {
print STDERR "*** ERROR: No pin left bracket found at line $file_line\n";
exit(-1);
}
}
#==========================
elsif( $state == $st_pin_body ) {
#----------------------
if( $line =~ /^pinnumber/) {
$found_pinnumber_attr = 1;
$pin_num = $line;
$pin_num =~ s/\n//;
$pin_num =~ s/^pinnumber=//;
$pinnumber_attr_line = $prev_line;
if($vverbose){print " pinnumber attribute found ($pin_num)\n";}
}
#----------------------
elsif( $line =~ /^pinseq/) {
$found_pinseq_attr = 1;
if($vverbose){print " Pinseq attribute found\n";}
$seqcnt++;
if($vverbose){print " Renumbering attr pinseq=$seqcnt\n";}
print OUTNET "pinseq=$seqcnt\n";
$skip_line_out++;
}
#----------------------
elsif( $line =~ /^pintype/) {
$found_pintype_attr = 1;
if($vverbose){print " pintype attribute found\n";}
}
#----------------------
elsif( $line =~ /^pinlabel/) {
$found_pinlabel_attr = 1;
if($vverbose){print " pinlabel attribute found\n";}
}
#----------------------
elsif( $line =~ /^}/) {
$state = $st_scan;
if( $found_pinnumber_attr == 0 ) {
print "*** WARNING: no pinum attribute found at line $file_line\n";
}
if( $found_pinseq_attr == 0 ) {
$seqcnt++;
if($verbose){print " Pin $pin_num: Adding attr pinseq=$seqcnt\n";}
print OUTNET $pinnumber_attr_line;
print OUTNET "pinseq=$seqcnt\n";
}
if( $found_pintype_attr == 0 ) {
if($verbose){print " Pin $pin_num: Adding attr pintype=io\n";}
print OUTNET $pinnumber_attr_line;
print OUTNET "pintype=io\n";
}
if( $found_pinlabel_attr == 0 ) {
if($verbose){print " Pin $pin_num: Adding attr pinlabel=n_a\n";}
print OUTNET $pinnumber_attr_line;
print OUTNET "pinlabel=n_a\n";
}
if($vverbose){print "Pin end...\n";}
}
if( $skip_line_out ) {
$skip_line_out = 0;
} else {
print OUTNET $line;
}
$prev_line = $line; # Save line for next pass
}
}
if( $found_numslots_attr == 0 ) {
if($verbose){print " Adding attr numslots=0\n";}
print OUTNET "T 600 100 9 10 0 0 0 0 1\n";
print OUTNET "numslots=0\n";
}
if( $found_device_attr == 0 ) {
if($verbose){print " Adding attr device=none\n";}
print OUTNET "T 600 100 9 10 0 0 0 0 1\n";
print OUTNET "device=none\n";
}
if( $found_footprint_attr == 0 ) {
if($verbose){print " Adding attr footprint=unknown\n";}
print OUTNET "T 600 100 9 10 0 0 0 0 1\n";
print OUTNET "footprint=unknown\n";
}
close(NETLIST);
close(OUTNET);
print STDERR "Output written to file $outfname\n\n";
exit;
#######################################################################
#
# Subroutines
#
#######################################################################
#---------------------------------
# usage()
#
# prints program usage
#---------------------------------
sub usage {
my $pname = $0;
$pname =~ s/.*\///g;
print "\nUsage:\n\n";
print " $pname [option] symbol_file\n";
print "\n";
print " $pname reads a Lepton EDA symbol file and does the following:\n";
print "\t- Prints a warning if there is no pinnumber attribute on a pin\n";
print "\t- Renumbers pinseq attributes on all pins, starting with 1\n";
print "\t- Adds a pinseq attribute to a pin if none exists\n";
print "\t- Adds a pinlabel=n_a attribute to a pin if none exists\n";
print "\t- Adds a pintype=io attribute to a pin if none exists\n";
print "\t- Adds a numslots=0 attribute to the symbol if none exists\n";
print "\t- Adds a device=XXX attribute to the symbol if none exists\n";
print "\t- Adds a footprint=XXX attribute to the symbol if none exists\n";
print " The idea here is to fix common cut and paste issues and fix up\n";
print " the symbol so that it will pass lepton-symcheck with no errors\n";
print " or warnings.\n";
print "\n";
print " $pname accepts the following options:\n";
print "\n";
print " --help, -h Displays this help message.\n";
print "\n";
print " --verbose Enables verbose output.\n";
print "\n";
print " --vverbose Enables *very* verbose output.\n";
print "\n";
print " --version Shows the version of this program.\n";
print "\n";
print " $pname was written by Mike Skerritt \n";
print "\n\n";
exit;
}
#---------------------------------
# version()
#
# prints program version
#---------------------------------
sub version {
my $pname = $0;
$pname =~ s/.*\///g;
print "Lepton EDA 1.9.13.20201211\n";
print "$pname was written by Mike Skerritt \n";
print "Copyright (C) 2004 Mike Skerritt\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2004-2016 gEDA Contributors\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2017-2022 Lepton EDA Contributors\n";
exit(0);
}
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/ 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000000000 14244705633 013475 5 0000000 0000000 lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/Makefile.am 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000000103 14244335522 015437 0000000 0000000 SUBDIRS = scheme examples tests docs
bin_SCRIPTS = lepton-netlist
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/ 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000000000 14244705633 014425 5 0000000 0000000 lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/Makefile.am 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000001761 14244335522 016402 0000000 0000000 SUBDIRS = vams
EXTRA_DIST = \
$(html_man_files) \
lepton-netlist.1.in \
BUGS
docsreadmedir = $(docdir)/readmes
dist_docsreadme_DATA = \
README.bom README.pcb README.verilog \
README.vhdl README.sysc README.eagle
dist_man_MANS = lepton-netlist.1
.1.in.1:
d=`$(GUILE) -c '(setlocale LC_ALL "C") \
(display (strftime "%B %-d, %Y" \
(car (strptime "%Y%m%d" (cadr (program-arguments))))))' $(DATE_VERSION)` ; \
v="$(DOTTED_VERSION).$(DATE_VERSION)" ; \
y=`echo $(DATE_VERSION)| sed -e"s/\(....\).*/\1/"`; \
sed -e"s:[@]DATE@:$$d:" -e"s:[@]VERSION@:$$v:" -e"s:[@]YEAR@:$$y:" < $< > $@
# Rules for converting man->html
html_man_files = $(dist_man_MANS:%.1=%.html)
SUFFIXES = .1.in .1 .html
docsmandir=$(docdir)/man
docsman_DATA=$(html_man_files)
if ENABLE_GROFF_HTML
.1.html:
rm -rf $@.tmp && \
LC_NUMERIC=C $(GROFF) -man -T html $< >$@.tmp && \
mv -f $@.tmp $@
else
.1.html:
@echo "No working groff available: cannot create $@"
@! :
endif
CLEANFILES = $(dist_man_MANS) $(html_man_files)
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/README.sysc 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000004200 14244335522 016175 0000000 0000000 TITLE:
Gnetlist SystemC Backend
OBJECTIVE:
Transform a geda schematic into a transaction based structural systemc module.
LIMITATIONS:
1.- Only transaction based wires are considered (wire_name).
2.- Unnamed wires are eliminated.
3.- In/out ports have to be inserted manually in the sysc code.
4.- Duplicated include headers are not eliminated by the backend.
5.- The maximum number of object constructor parameters is 31 (attr1->attr31).
LINKS:
GPL Electronic Design Automation (geda-gnetlist): http://www.geda-project.org/
SystemC: http://www.systemc.org
ACK:
Based on gnet-verilog.scm by Mike Jarabek.
EXAMPLE:
Schematic:
src1 alg1 snk1
______________ _______________ _______________
| source | a | algorithm | b | sink |
| OUT|__ _________ __|IN OUT|__ _____ __|IN |
| | | | | |
| infile.data| | | | outfile.data|
|____________| |_____________| |_____________|
Attributes:
Schematic:
module_name=test_sch2sysc
Wires:
netname=a
netname=b
Symbols:
refdes=src1 attr1=infile.data
refdes=alg1
refdes=snk1 attr1=outfile.data
refdes=pina
refdes=pinb
SystemC:
#include "systemc.h"
#include "sink.h"
#include "source.h"
#include "algorithm.h"
SC_MODULE (test_sch2sysc)
{
/* Port directions begin here */
/* Wires from the design */
sc_signal b;
sc_signal a;
/* Package instantiations */
sink snk1;
source src1;
algorithm alg1;
SC_CTOR(test_sch2sysc):
snk1("snk1","outfile.data"),
src1("src1","infile.data"),
alg1("alg1")
{
snk1.IN(b);
src1.OUT(a);
alg1.IN(a);
alg1.OUT(b);
}
};
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/README.pcb 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000011222 14244335522 015762 0000000 0000000 ------------------------------------------------------------------
JM Routoure. routoure@greyc.ismra.fr
17/01/2000
I would like to thank Stefan Petersen for debuging the scheme program.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
This document describes how to install (section I) and use (section II) the
gschem2pcb package. Section III describes some of the footprints
available in pcb
The purpose of this package is to interface gschem with pcb. It uses a scheme
program and a script.
Section I : Installation.
1. Untar the gschem2pcb.tar. You must obtain 3 files gschem2pcb.sh,
GNET-PCBboard.scm and the README file.
2. Move gschem2pcb.sh in a directory which is in your PATH (/usr/local/bin for
instance ). Be sure that gschem2pcb.sh can be executed (chmod 755 gschem2pcb.sh)
3. Move GNET-PCBboard.scm in the share directory of your gEDA distribution.
Normally, it should be /usr/local/share/gEDA/scheme.
4. Modify the common.m4 file of the pcb program (should be found in
/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/pcb/m4/) like this : the include keywords at the end of the
file must be replace by
include(/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/pcb/m4/connector.inc)
include(/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/pcb/m4/dil.inc)
include(/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/pcb/m4/misc.inc)
include(/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/pcb/m4/plcc.inc)
include(/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/pcb/m4/to.inc)
include(/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/pcb/m4/qfp.inc)
5. Edit the ~/.gEDA/gschemrc file and be sure that the following line exists :
(attribute-name "footprint")
6. Be sure that grep, sed and gawk are installed. That's all..
Section II : using gschem2pcb.
1. With gschem, create a schematic. All the device you want to have in pcb must
have a Uref attribute. The footprint that you want to use in pcb are indicated
by the footprint attribute (see section III for the description of the footprint
in pcb)
Be careful that the attributes Uref, name, value and device must not contain
space char.
--------------------------------------------------------
2. Save your work (ultralownoise.sch for instance -ambitious design!) and type in a shell
gschem2pcb.sh ultralownoise.sch.
note : the gschem file must end by .sch
Error messages will appear if some space characters are found in the
attributes Uref, name, value and device and if the name of the footprint was not
found. Warning, pcb files are created even if errors occur!
- if ultralownoise.pcb does not exist, it will be created. A netlist file
ultralownoise.net will also be created. In pcb, load the pcb (load layout). All
the footprints will appears at the top-left corner of the windows. Load the
netlist (load netlist file) and type the key "w". Place the footprints and type
"o" to optimize the rastnet. See the pcb documentation for details.
- if ultralownoise.pcb exists, a ultralownoise.new.pcb file should be
created. It should contain only the new device that have been added in the
schematic since the last save of the ultralownoise.pcb file. Use "load layout
data to paste buffer" to include the new footprints in the pcb file. The nestlist
file is also updated so read it again.
Section III. Description of the name of the footprint in pcb.
pcb uses macro to define the footprints. For DIL packages, for instance, 2
arguments are used to indicate the number of pins and the width in mil of the
footprint. In gschem the footprint attribute of a 300 mil width and 8 pins DIL
is:
DIL 8 300.
Warning, for that attribute, you have to included the space char!
In the following. I describe the footprint attribute that are to be used in
gschem for the footprint avalaible in pcb. N stands
for the number of pins, W the width in mil, L the length in mil and D the
diameter in mil
CONNECTOR ROWS COLS # single connector
DIN41_651LAY N # DIN 41.651 laying
DIN41_651STAND N # DIN 41.651 standing
SUBD_LAY_BASE N # SUB-D connector laying
SUBD_MALE_LAY_BASE N # SUB-D connector male laying
SUBD_FEMALE_LAY_BASE N # SUB-D connector female laying
DIL N W # dual-inline standard
D N # dual inline with W=244
DW N # dual inline with W=419
SD N # SD (ZIP)
MULTIWATT15 # 15 pins multiwatt footprint
R025 # standard 1/4W resistor !now attributes
SIL N # SIL
CSIL # SIL package with a common pin
QFP132 # QFP132 flat pack
LED D # standing LED
DIODE_LAY L # laying diode
AXIAL_LAY L # standard axial footprint
CRYSTAL W # crystal package
OSC # a can oscillator
ISA8 # 8 bit ISA Slot card
OVEN_OSC # ovenized-oscillator package
RADIAL_CAN W # a radial capcitor package
PLCC N # pllc
PLCC N add # pllc with additionnal border add
QFP N add # qfp with additionnal border add
No additional parameters for the to footprints
TO3_90
TO3_45
TO5
TO92
TO126
TO126LAY-WIDE
TO126STAND-WIDE
TO220
TO220LAY-WIDE
TO220STAND
TO220STAND-WIDE
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/Makefile.in 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000071414 14244705613 016417 0000000 0000000 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = utils/netlist/docs
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/guile.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-assert.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-attrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-awk.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-cairo.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-contrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop-i18n.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-doxygen.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-gcc-flags.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git-version.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-groff.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-guile.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-host.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-stroke.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-uri-viewer.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-windows.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/liblepton.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptonattrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptongui.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pcb-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(dist_docsreadme_DATA) \
$(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \
ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \
install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \
install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \
install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \
install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \
installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \
tags-recursive uninstall-recursive
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)" \
"$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)"
NROFF = nroff
MANS = $(dist_man_MANS)
DATA = $(dist_docsreadme_DATA) $(docsman_DATA)
RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \
distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive
am__recursive_targets = \
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \
$(am__extra_recursive_targets)
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \
distdir distdir-am
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
# *not* preserved.
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
'
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
# for different programs/libraries.
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(dist_man_MANS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
am__relativize = \
dir0=`pwd`; \
sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \
sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \
sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \
sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \
while test -n "$$dir1"; do \
first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first" != "."; then \
if test "$$first" = ".."; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \
dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \
else \
first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \
if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \
dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
else \
dir2="../$$dir2"; \
fi; \
dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \
fi; \
fi; \
dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \
done; \
reldir="$$dir2"
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
AR = @AR@
AS = @AS@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BITMAP_DIRECTORY = @BITMAP_DIRECTORY@
CAIRO_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_LIBS = @CAIRO_LIBS@
CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PDF_LIBS = @CAIRO_PDF_LIBS@
CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PNG_LIBS = @CAIRO_PNG_LIBS@
CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PS_LIBS = @CAIRO_PS_LIBS@
CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_SVG_LIBS = @CAIRO_SVG_LIBS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CONVERT = @CONVERT@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
CTAGS = @CTAGS@
CXX = @CXX@
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DATE_VERSION = @DATE_VERSION@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DESKTOP_I18N = @DESKTOP_I18N@
DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE = @DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE@
DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR = @DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR@
DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT = @DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DOT = @DOT@
DOTTED_VERSION = @DOTTED_VERSION@
DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ETAGS = @ETAGS@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE = @FILE@
FILECMD = @FILECMD@
GCC_CFLAGS = @GCC_CFLAGS@
GDK_CFLAGS = @GDK_CFLAGS@
GDK_LIBS = @GDK_LIBS@
GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS = @GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS@
GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS = @GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS@
GETTEXT = @GETTEXT@
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
GIO_CFLAGS = @GIO_CFLAGS@
GIO_LIBS = @GIO_LIBS@
GIT = @GIT@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
GREP = @GREP@
GROFF = @GROFF@
GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS = @GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS@
GTKEXTRA_LIBS = @GTKEXTRA_LIBS@
GTKSHEET_CFLAGS = @GTKSHEET_CFLAGS@
GTKSHEET_LIBS = @GTKSHEET_LIBS@
GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@
GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@
GUILD = @GUILD@
GUILE = @GUILE@
GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@
GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@
GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@
GUILE_LDFLAGS = @GUILE_LDFLAGS@
GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@
GUILE_LTLIBS = @GUILE_LTLIBS@
GUILE_PKG_NAME = @GUILE_PKG_NAME@
GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@
HAVE_GIT_REPO = @HAVE_GIT_REPO@
ICON_THEME_INSTALLER = @ICON_THEME_INSTALLER@
IM_COMPARE = @IM_COMPARE@
IM_CONVERT = @IM_CONVERT@
IM_IDENTIFY = @IM_IDENTIFY@
INKSCAPE = @INKSCAPE@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LEPTONDATADIR = @LEPTONDATADIR@
LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR = @LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR@
LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR = @LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR@
LEX = @LEX@
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN = @LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN@
LIBLEPTON_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTON_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS@
LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
M4 = @M4@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MINGW_CFLAGS = @MINGW_CFLAGS@
MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS = @MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS = @PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS@
PANGOCAIRO_LIBS = @PANGOCAIRO_LIBS@
PANGO_CFLAGS = @PANGO_CFLAGS@
PANGO_LIBS = @PANGO_LIBS@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PCBDATADIR = @PCBDATADIR@
PCBLIBPATH = @PCBLIBPATH@
PCBM4DIR = @PCBM4DIR@
PDFLATEX = @PDFLATEX@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE = @UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE@
UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE = @UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE@
URI_VIEWER = @URI_VIEWER@
USE_LDCONFIG = @USE_LDCONFIG@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS = @WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS@
XDGDATADIR = @XDGDATADIR@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
runstatedir = @runstatedir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
SUBDIRS = vams
EXTRA_DIST = \
$(html_man_files) \
lepton-netlist.1.in \
BUGS
docsreadmedir = $(docdir)/readmes
dist_docsreadme_DATA = \
README.bom README.pcb README.verilog \
README.vhdl README.sysc README.eagle
dist_man_MANS = lepton-netlist.1
# Rules for converting man->html
html_man_files = $(dist_man_MANS:%.1=%.html)
SUFFIXES = .1.in .1 .html
docsmandir = $(docdir)/man
docsman_DATA = $(html_man_files)
CLEANFILES = $(dist_man_MANS) $(html_man_files)
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .1.in .1 .html
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/netlist/docs/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/netlist/docs/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
install-man1: $(dist_man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list1=''; \
list2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; \
test -n "$(man1dir)" \
&& test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
|| exit 0; \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \
{ for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done; \
if test -n "$$list2"; then \
for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
| sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
fi; \
} | while read p; do \
if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
done | \
sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
-e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
list=; while read file base inst; do \
if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
fi; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
test -z "$$files" || { \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
done; }
uninstall-man1:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
l2='$(dist_man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
} | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
-e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-dist_docsreadmeDATA: $(dist_docsreadme_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(dist_docsreadme_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsreadmedir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-dist_docsreadmeDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(dist_docsreadme_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsreadmedir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
install-docsmanDATA: $(docsman_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(docsman_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsmandir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-docsmanDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(docsman_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsmandir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line.
$(am__recursive_targets):
@fail=; \
if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \
failcom='fail=yes'; \
else \
failcom='exit 1'; \
fi; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| eval $$failcom; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
tags: tags-recursive
TAGS: tags
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
set x; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
shift; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
"$$@" $$unique; \
else \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique; \
fi; \
fi
ctags: ctags-recursive
CTAGS: ctags
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
case "$(srcdir)" in \
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
esac; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then \
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
else \
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
fi; \
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
@list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
$(am__make_dryrun) \
|| test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_distdir=$$reldir; \
dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \
$(am__relativize); \
new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \
echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \
echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \
($(am__cd) $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \
distdir="$$new_distdir" \
am__remove_distdir=: \
am__skip_length_check=: \
am__skip_mode_fix=: \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile $(MANS) $(DATA)
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docsmandir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
html-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am: install-dist_docsreadmeDATA install-docsmanDATA \
install-man
install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-recursive
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-info-am:
install-man: install-man1
install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-recursive
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-dist_docsreadmeDATA uninstall-docsmanDATA \
uninstall-man
uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
.MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) install-am install-strip
.PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \
check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool cscopelist-am ctags \
ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool \
distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-dist_docsreadmeDATA install-docsmanDATA install-dvi \
install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \
install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-man1 install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps \
install-ps-am install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-dist_docsreadmeDATA \
uninstall-docsmanDATA uninstall-man uninstall-man1
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
.1.in.1:
d=`$(GUILE) -c '(setlocale LC_ALL "C") \
(display (strftime "%B %-d, %Y" \
(car (strptime "%Y%m%d" (cadr (program-arguments))))))' $(DATE_VERSION)` ; \
v="$(DOTTED_VERSION).$(DATE_VERSION)" ; \
y=`echo $(DATE_VERSION)| sed -e"s/\(....\).*/\1/"`; \
sed -e"s:[@]DATE@:$$d:" -e"s:[@]VERSION@:$$v:" -e"s:[@]YEAR@:$$y:" < $< > $@
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@.1.html:
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ rm -rf $@.tmp && \
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ LC_NUMERIC=C $(GROFF) -man -T html $< >$@.tmp && \
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_TRUE@ mv -f $@.tmp $@
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@.1.html:
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@ @echo "No working groff available: cannot create $@"
@ENABLE_GROFF_HTML_FALSE@ @! :
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/README.eagle 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000001646 14244335522 016304 0000000 0000000 Basic information about the Eagle PCB backend and sch2eaglepos.sh
gnet-eagle.scm
The script uses the component's package, footprint, value, and (if no
value) device attributes, as well as the netlist, to generate an Eagle
script that will add and connect all components. It also introduces a
"lib" attribute, which specifies the Eagle library where the footprint
can be found...if a "lib" attribute is not set for a component, then
the library defaults to "smd-ipc" (the default Eagle surface mount library).
sch2eaglepos.sh
I am also including a simple shell script that I wrote which has saved
me hours by extracting the relative locations of the parts from a
gschem schematic, and generating an Eagle script to place the
components in the same relative locations on the layout. By default
all packages are piled on top of each other, and with a large design
it takes a long time to sort out which cap bypasses which IC, etc.
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/BUGS 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000002320 14244335522 015021 0000000 0000000 Bugs (no particular order):
--------------------------
- If a component cannot be read, then this situation is not dealt
with. Technically at this point, gnetlist can't do anything so
it really should exit. Add code to do this later...
- Memory leaks (lots right now) A LOT MORE now!
- Ordering of pin outputs in spice netlist output for components like
BJT transistors B C E. This is wrong for now. (might be fixed now)
- (SPICE backend) It is possible to have named a net something (say 1)
and then have an unnamed net called 1 as well. Obviously my
unnamed net naming is lame.
- gnetlist:get-toplevel-attribute only looks for the first occurrence
of the toplevel attribute. Make this somehow better?
- Figure out why the post process screwed up net names when it was
done in the wrong place (after every sheet), low priority
- gnetlist doesn't handle order very well on some machines?
non-linux only?
Finished stuff:
---------------
FIXED Embedded schematics don't netlist at all.
OKAY Infinite net connection loops.
FIXED Attach a label to a net which is going to no pin and it won't
show up. (this is because mid point connections are not being
dealt with properly...)
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/README.verilog 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000037005 14244335522 016674 0000000 0000000 Verilog netlister readme.
THIS IS FREE SOFTWARE, see the included file COPYING for more info.
Latest README:
This is the fifth release of the Verilog netlister for gEDA.
New in this release:
1) Escaped Verilog identifiers.
To facilitate board level simulations, the Verilog netlister now
outputs `escaped' Verilog identifiers for any net, port or instance name
that does not appear to be a valid Verilog identifier. In this way,
chips with numbered pins can be netlisted and models constructed to run
digital simulations of complete circuits.
Mike Jarabek
----- OLDER README.verilog's -----
This is the fourth release of the Verilog netlister for gEDA.
New in this release:
1) Multiple width wires.
How to use: (mostly taken from a previous readme... )
Here's how to proceed to make a schematic that can be netlisted
to verilog.
1) Create your modules by the standard method, keep in mind
that you must supply a `pin#' attribute for each port
you want to create in the generated verilog. gmk_sym is
useful for this.
2) Place each of your newly created modules on the
schematic. You may also place primitives from the
`verilog' symbol library. Be sure to give a _unique_
`uref' to every symbol you place on the schematic,
unless two symbols are actually different parts of the
same module, and the pins listed on each symbol do not
have any names in common. Otherwise they will not get
netlisted.
3) Connect nets between the modules you want. Remember, if
you want legible Verilog later, don't forget to name all
your nets by attaching `label' attributes to them. For
Multiple bit wires just use standard Verilog notation.
The netlister will figure out which bit ordering you
want. Be sure to have at least one net labeled with the
complete range expression, otherwise the netlister will
guess at whether you wanted net[15:0] or net[0:15] in
your declarations. Any inconsistent ranges will be
reported as a warning. Strings that appear to be
invalid Verilog identifiers will be printed with a
warning, but otherwise ignored. (If you get a warning
for a valid Verilog identifier, please post a bug
report!)
4) Insert IPAD's, OPAD's, and IOPAD's for all the nets you
want to be visible in the module declaration statement.
It is especially important to make sure that the nets
you hook up to the pads are named, as the net names
could change from run to run, that's a bad thing. (I/O
pads would be a good place to put the aformentionned
full range expressions. Range expressions on I/O pads
are ignored when outputting the module declaration, but
they are used in figuring out the final bit ranges.)
Every pad must have a unique uref, otherwise the
netlister will get confused.
5) Add an unattached attribute `module_name=Your_Module'
somewhere on the schematic, near the title block is
good. This will name the generated Verilog module
`Your_Module'.
6) Save your design.
7) Run the schematic through the netlister:
gnetlist -g verilog -o output.v schematic.sch
7a) Check the output for correctness, _especially_ if you got
any warnings. (There should be no warnings.)
8) Feed the netlist to your favorite simulator/synthesis tool.
Mike Jarabek
This is the third release of the Verilog netlister for geda.
Fixed in this release:
1) Netlister no longer barfs if there are no
Input/Output/InOut ports on the module.
2) Module instantiation code much improved/cleaned up, mostly
due to g_netlist.c patch.
New in this release:
1) A whole wack-load of symbols, I created a C program that
generates n-input versions of and, nand, or, nor, xor, and
xnor symbols
2) Modules instantiated with positional port connections.
Just add the attribute `VERILOG_PORTS=POSITIONAL' to your
symbol file as an unattached attribute, or attach it to the
symbol on the schematic.
3) Added bufif?, notif?, not and buf symbols.
4) Added example of positional port module instantiation to
the example schematic
5) Added 7447 example schematic
Coming:
1) Module instantiation parameters. (probably by an attribute)
Included in this tar-ball are three patch files against the
19990705 version of gEDA. Apply g_netlist.c.diff and
g_register.c.diff to the files in gnetlist/src/ and
gnetlist.scm.diff to gnetlist.scm in the gnetlist/scheme
directory. You may have to regenerate prototype.h, or manually
patch it. Replace the symbols in the sym/verilog directory
with the symbols in this distribution. (I have modified all of
the symbols to use the new unattached attribute convention for
device et al.) (if you have applied the patch I sent to the
mailing list that fixes netlisting a module with no ports, you
may have trouble applying the gnetlist.scm.diff patch.) Don't
forget to do a `make all install' after applying the patches.
Once again, to netlist the example schematics to verilog type:
(Assuming gnetlist has been patched and is properly installed.)
gnetlist -g verilog -o test.v examples/sch/test.sch
or
gnetlist -g verilog -o 7447.v examples/sch/7447.sch
(This README was from 19990629)
Verilog netlister readme.
THIS IS FREE SOFTWARE, see the included file COPYING for more info.
This is the second release of the Verilog netlister for geda.
Fixed in this release:
1) The last comma in the argument list to instantiations and
module definitions is now suppressed
2) Better handling of `special' components has been added
New in this release:
1) Continuous assignments to 1'b0 and 1'b1 can now be
generated by connecting the `high' or `low' symbol to a
net.
Mike Jarabek
mjarabek@playground.net
--
This the verilog netlister for gEDA. Included in the tarball
are several diff files against the 19990327 gEDA distribution. All of
the patches apply to the gnetlist subirectory. You should be able to
apply them with `patch -p1'.
The netlister has its limitations: (most of these will
eventually get fixed, I hope..)
1) Components connected by reference, (i.e. by having named
net stubs attached to pins, but not conected by a
continuous line) create duplicate entries in the wire
declaration section of the verilog code.
2) Multiple width wires don't work. (Busses will help
this)
3) There is no way to force a signal to 1,0,z,x (yet).
4) Some scheme code needs to be improved. (Mainly the
classification code, it inserts `()' elements into the
output lists. (I should know how to fix this in a day or
two.. too bad I never got a scheme course before..))
5) I don't know if this will work on multiple page schematics.
6) The top level module is outputted with the same name
every time, I don't currently think there is a way to
get at the name of the top level schematic.
The netlister does some neat things:
1) It outputs a verilog module with proper port
declarations, outputs are declared as outputs, inputs
are declared as inputs, and bidirectional signals are
declared as inouts.
2) All nets that are found on the design are declared as
wires. (This is to allow for net attributes later to
declare wand's and such)
3) Any components placed on the schematic that are given
uref attributes create a verilog instantiation for the
name of the module as stored in the `device' attribute,
the instatiated name is given as the `uref' attribute.
4) All connections into and out of instantiated modules are
made by name, and not by order, because I can't be sure
that the order will be right coming off the schematic.
(anyway, that's better for the long run.)
5) A comment is inserted at the top of the module to say
that the file was automatically generated.
Here's how to proceed to make a schematic that can be netlisted
to verilog.
1) Create your modules by the standard method, keep in mind
that you must supply a `pin#' attribute for each port
you want to create in the generated verilog. gmk_sym is
useful for this (with the patch to allow ascii pin names).
2) Place each of your newly created modules on the
schematic
3) Connect nets between the modules you want. Remember, if
you want legible verilog later, don't forget to name all
your nets by attaching `label' attributes to them.
4) Insert IPAD's, OPAD's, and IOPAD's for all the nets you
want to be visible in the module declaration statement.
It is especially important to make sure that the nets
you hook up to the pads are named, as the net names
could change from run to run, that's a bad thing.
5) Save your design.
6) Run the schematic through the netlister:
gnetlist -g verilog -o output.v schematic.sch
6a) Edit the output file to have the right module name, and
to remove any duplicate wires.
There is an example schematic in the schematic directory, and a
copy of the verilog netlist generated.
The mechanics:
The I/O ports for the module are detected by enumerating all of
the nets attached to any symbol bearing the device name of `IPAD',
`OPAD', or `IOPAD'. If you name one of your blocks with that
name, don't be surprised if you find `extra' ports in the module
declaration.
The wires are declared by walking through the list of nets
returned by the function that I patched into gnetlist. This is
the source of the duplicate wire declarations. This should
probably get fixed when `net_is_duplicate' gets set for
connections made by reference.
Module instantiations are created by enumerating the pins found on
a symbol and connecting the nets found to the pins. If your block
has spelling errors, then the module instantiation won't work.
You will have to manually trace back to find the error.
Mike Jarabek
------------ Below is the previous version README -------------------
Verilog netlister readme.
THIS IS FREE SOFTWARE, see the included file COPYING for more info.
This the verilog netlister for gEDA. Included in the tarball
are several diff files against the 19990327 gEDA distribution. All of
the patches apply to the gnetlist subirectory. You should be able to
apply them with `patch -p1'.
[ editor's note, if you are reading this file in a gEDA dist, then all
the required patching and integration is already done ]
The netlister has its limitations: (most of these will
eventually get fixed, I hope..)
1) Components connected by reference, (i.e. by having named
net stubs attached to pins, but not conected by a
continuous line) create duplicate entries in the wire
declaration section of the verilog code.
2) Multiple width wires don't work. (Busses will help
this)
3) There is no way to force a signal to 1,0,z,x (yet).
4) Some scheme code needs to be improved. (Mainly the
classification code, it inserts `()' elements into the
output lists. (I should know how to fix this in a day or
two.. too bad I never got a scheme course before..))
5) I don't know if this will work on multiple page schematics.
6) The top level module is outputted with the same name
every time, I don't currently think there is a way to
get at the name of the top level schematic.
The netlister does some neat things:
1) It outputs a verilog module with proper port
declarations, outputs are declared as outputs, inputs
are declared as inputs, and bidirectional signals are
declared as inouts.
2) All nets that are found on the design are declared as
wires. (This is to allow for net attributes later to
declare wand's and such)
3) Any components placed on the schematic that are given
uref attributes create a verilog instantiation for the
name of the module as stored in the `device' attribute,
the instatiated name is given as the `uref' attribute.
4) All connections into and out of instantiated modules are
made by name, and not by order, because I can't be sure
that the order will be right coming off the schematic.
(anyway, that's better for the long run.)
5) A comment is inserted at the top of the module to say
that the file was automatically generated.
Here's how to proceed to make a schematic that can be netlisted
to verilog.
1) Create your modules by the standard method, keep in mind
that you must supply a `pin#' attribute for each port
you want to create in the generated verilog. gmk_sym is
useful for this (with the patch to allow ascii pin names).
2) Place each of your newly created modules on the
schematic
3) Connect nets between the modules you want. Remember, if
you want legible verilog later, don't forget to name all
your nets by attaching `label' attributes to them.
4) Insert IPAD's, OPAD's, and IOPAD's for all the nets you
want to be visible in the module declaration statement.
It is especially important to make sure that the nets
you hook up to the pads are named, as the net names
could change from run to run, that's a bad thing.
5) Save your design.
6) Run the schematic through the netlister:
gnetlist -g verilog -o output.v schematic.sch
6a) Edit the output file to have the right module name, and
to remove any duplicate wires.
There is an example schematic in the schematic directory, and a
copy of the verilog netlist generated.
The mechanics:
The I/O ports for the module are detected by enumerating all of
the nets attached to any symbol bearing the device name of `IPAD',
`OPAD', or `IOPAD'. If you name one of your blocks with that
name, don't be surprised if you find `extra' ports in the module
declaration.
The wires are declared by walking through the list of nets
returned by the function that I patched into gnetlist. This is
the source of the duplicate wire declarations. This should
probably get fixed when `net_is_duplicate' gets set for
connections made by reference.
Module instantiations are created by enumerating the pins found on
a symbol and connecting the nets found to the pins. If your block
has spelling errors, then the module instantiation won't work.
You will have to manually trace back to find the error.
Mike Jarabek
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/lepton-netlist.1 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000015141 14244705633 017412 0000000 0000000 .TH lepton-netlist 1 "May 29, 2022" "Lepton EDA" 1.9.18.20220529
.SH NAME
lepton-netlist - Lepton EDA Netlist Extraction and Generation
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B lepton-netlist
[\fIOPTION\fR ...] [\fB-g\fR \fIBACKEND\fR | \fB-f\fR \fIFILE\fR] [\fI--\fR] \fIFILE\fR ...
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBlepton-netlist\fR is a netlist extraction and generation tool, and is
part of the Lepton EDA (Electronic Design Automation) toolset. It takes
one or more electronic schematics as input, and outputs a netlist. A
netlist is a machine-interpretable description of the way that
components in an electronic circuit are connected together, and is
commonly used as the input to a PCB layout program such as
\fBpcb\fR(1) or to a simulator such as \fBgnucap\fR(1).
A normal \fBlepton-netlist\fR run is carried out in two steps. First, the
\fBlepton-netlist\fR frontend loads the specified human-readable schematic
\fIFILE\fRs, and compiles them to an in-memory netlist description.
Next, a `backend' is used to export the connection and component data
to one of many supported netlist formats.
\fBlepton-netlist\fR is extensible, using the Scheme programming language.
.SH GENERAL OPTIONS
.TP 8
\fB-q\fR
Quiet mode. Turns off all warnings/notes/messages.
.TP 8
\fB-v\fR, \fB--verbose\fR
Verbose mode. Output all diagnostic information.
.TP 8
\fB-L\fR \fIDIRECTORY\fR
Prepend \fIDIRECTORY\fR to the list of directories to be searched for
Scheme files.
.TP 8
\fB-g\fR \fIBACKEND\fR
Specify the netlist backend to be used.
.TP 8
\fB-f\fR \fIFILE\fR
Load and use netlist backend from \fIFILE\fR.
\fIFILE\fR is expected to have name like "gnet-NAME.scm" and contain entry
point function NAME (where NAME is the backend's name).
.TP 8
\fB-O\fR \fISTRING\fR
Pass an option string to the backend.
.TP 8
\fB-b\fR, \fB--list-backends\fR
Print a list of available netlist backends.
.TP 8
\fB-o\fR \fIFILE\fR
Specify the filename for the generated netlist. By default, output is
directed to `output.net'.
If `-' is given instead of a filename, the output is directed to the
standard output.
.TP 8
\fB-l\fR \fIFILE\fR
Specify a Scheme file to be loaded before the backend is loaded or
executed. This option can be specified multiple times.
.TP 8
\fB-m\fR \fIFILE\fR
Specify a Scheme file to be loaded between loading the backend and
executing it. This option can be specified multiple times.
.TP 8
\fB-c\fR \fIEXPR\fR
Specify a Scheme expression to be executed during \fBlepton-netlist\fR
startup. This option can be specified multiple times.
.TP 8
\fB-i\fR
After the schematic files have been loaded and compiled, and after all
Scheme files have been loaded, but before running the backend, enter a
Scheme read-eval-print loop.
.TP 8
\fB-h\fR, \fB--help\fR
Print a help message.
.TP 8
\fB-V\fR, \fB--version\fR
Print \fBlepton-netlist\fR version information.
.TP 8
\fB--\fR
Treat all remaining arguments as schematic filenames. Use this if you
have a schematic filename which begins with `-'.
.SH BACKENDS
.PP
Currently, \fBlepton-netlist\fR includes the following backends:
.TP 8
\fBallegro\fR
Allegro netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBbae\fR
Bartels Autoengineer netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBbom\fR, \fBbom2\fR
Bill of materials generation.
.TP 8
\fBcalay\fR
Calay netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBcascade\fR
RF Cascade netlist format
.TP 8
\fBdrc\fR, \fBdrc2\fR
Design rule checkers (\fBdrc2\fR is recommended).
.TP 8
\fBeagle\fR
Eagle netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBewnet\fR
Netlist format for National Instruments ULTIboard layout tool.
.TP 8
\fBfuturenet2\fR
Futurenet2 netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBgeda\fR
Native gEDA netlist format (mainly used for testing and diagnostics).
.TP 8
\fBgossip\fR
Gossip netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBgsch2pcb\fR
Backend used for \fBpcb\fR(1) file layout generation by
\fBgsch2pcb\fR(1). It is not recommended to use this backend
directly.
.TP 8
\fBliquidpcb\fR
LiquidPCB netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBmathematica\fR
Netlister for analytical circuit solving using Mathematica.
.TP 8
\fBmaxascii\fR
MAXASCII netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBosmond\fR
Osmond netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBpads\fR
PADS netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBpartslist1\fR, \fBpartslist2\fR, \fBpartslist3\fR
Bill of materials generation backends (alternatives to \fBbom\fR and
\fBbom2\fR).
.TP 8
\fBPCB\fR
\fBpcb\fR(1) netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBpcbpins\fR
Generates a \fBpcb\fR(1) action file for forward annotating pin/pad
names from schematic to layout.
.TP 8
\fBprotelII\fR
Protel II netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBredac\fR
RACAL-REDAC netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBspice\fR, \fBspice-sdb\fR
SPICE-compatible netlist format (\fBspice-sdb\fR is recommended).
Suitable for use with \fBgnucap\fR(1).
.TP 8
\fBswitcap\fR
SWITCAP switched capacitor simulator netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBsystemc\fR
Structural SystemC code generation.
.TP 8
\fBtango\fR
Tango netlist format.
.TP 8
\fBtEDAx\fR
Trivial EDA eXchange (tEDAx) format.
.TP 8
\fBvams\fR
VHDL-AMS code generation.
.TP 8
\fBverilog\fR
Verilog code generation.
.TP 8
\fBvhdl\fR
VHDL code generation.
.TP 8
\fBvipec\fR
ViPEC Network Analyser netlist format.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
These examples assume that you have a `stack_1.sch' in the current directory.
.PP
\fBlepton-netlist\fR requires that at least one schematic to be specified on the
command line:
.nf
./lepton-netlist stack_1.sch
.ad b
.PP
This is not very useful since it does not direct \fBlepton-netlist\fR to do
anything.
.PP
Specify a backend name with `\-g' to get \fBlepton-netlist\fR to output a
netlist:
.nf
./lepton-netlist \-g geda stack_1.sch
.ad b
.PP
The netlist output will be written to a file called `output.net'
in the current working directory.
.PP
You can specify the output filename by using the `\-o' option:
.nf
./lepton-netlist \-g geda stack_1.sch \-o /tmp/stack.netlist
.ad b
.PP
Output will now be directed to `/tmp/stack.netlist'.
.PP
You could run (for example) the `spice-sdb' backend against the
schematic if you specified `\-g spice-sdb', or you could generate a
bill of materials for the schematic using `\-g partslist1'.
.PP
To obtain a Scheme prompt to run Scheme expressions directly, you can
use the `\-i' option.
.nf
./lepton-netlist \-i stack_1.sch
.ad b
.PP
\fBlepton-netlist\fR will load `stack_1.sh', and then enter an interactive
Scheme read-eval-print loop.
.SH AUTHORS
See the `AUTHORS' file included with this program.
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 2012-2017 gEDA Contributors.
Copyright \(co 2017-2022 Lepton Developers.
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later. Please see the `COPYING'
file included with this program for full details.
.PP
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
.SH SEE ALSO
\fBlepton-schematic\fR(1), \fBlepton-symcheck\fR(1), \fBpcb\fR(1), \fBgnucap\fR(1)
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/README.bom 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000001371 14244335522 015777 0000000 0000000
README for
BOM - Bill Of Materials generater for gnetlist.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
I (Matt) put together a quick bill of materials generator for gnetlist.
It takes a configuration file which tells it what attributes you want
netlisted (i.e. vendor, part number).
This is a sample config file:
device
label
name
Just call it with
gnetlist -g bom -o test.bom test.sch
The config file must be called "attribs" and be in the pwd, because
there is no way to pass arguments to the netlister (at least that I
could find).
Eventually I'd like to integrate this with some sort of a database for
production purposes. Let me know if you are interested in helping or
have any ideas.
Matt
matt@ettus.com
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/vams/ 0000755 0001750 0001750 00000000000 14244705633 015373 5 0000000 0000000 lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/vams/Makefile.am 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000000306 14244335522 017342 0000000 0000000 EXTRA_DIST = content.txt syntax_architecture.txt syntax_entity.txt \
vams_mode.txt
docsreadmedir = $(docdir)/readmes
docsreadme_DATA = vams_mode.txt syntax_architecture.txt syntax_entity.txt
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/vams/Makefile.in 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000045353 14244705613 017370 0000000 0000000 # Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
VPATH = @srcdir@
am__is_gnu_make = { \
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
false; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
true; \
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
true; \
else \
false; \
fi; \
}
am__make_running_with_option = \
case $${target_option-} in \
?) ;; \
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
has_opt=no; \
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
else \
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
bs=\\; \
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
esac; \
fi; \
skip_next=no; \
strip_trailopt () \
{ \
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
}; \
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
case $$flg in \
*=*|--*) continue;; \
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
esac; \
case $$flg in \
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
esac; \
done; \
test $$has_opt = yes
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
build_triplet = @build@
host_triplet = @host@
subdir = utils/netlist/docs/vams
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/guile.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-assert.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-attrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-awk.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-cairo.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-contrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop-i18n.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-desktop.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-doxygen.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-gcc-flags.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git-version.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-git.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-groff.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-guile.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-host.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-stroke.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-uri-viewer.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lepton-windows.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/liblepton.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptonattrib.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/libleptongui.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/pcb-data-dirs.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_P_0 = false
am__v_P_1 = :
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
am__v_GEN_1 =
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
am__v_at_0 = @
am__v_at_1 =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__can_run_installinfo = \
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
n|no|NO) false;; \
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
esac
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__install_max = 40
am__nobase_strip_setup = \
srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
am__nobase_strip = \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
$(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
{ print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
am__base_list = \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
test -z "$$files" \
|| { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
|| { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
$(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
}
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)"
DATA = $(docsreadme_DATA)
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
AR = @AR@
AS = @AS@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
BITMAP_DIRECTORY = @BITMAP_DIRECTORY@
CAIRO_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_LIBS = @CAIRO_LIBS@
CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PDF_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PDF_LIBS = @CAIRO_PDF_LIBS@
CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PNG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PNG_LIBS = @CAIRO_PNG_LIBS@
CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_PS_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_PS_LIBS = @CAIRO_PS_LIBS@
CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS = @CAIRO_SVG_CFLAGS@
CAIRO_SVG_LIBS = @CAIRO_SVG_LIBS@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CONVERT = @CONVERT@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@
CTAGS = @CTAGS@
CXX = @CXX@
CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DATE_VERSION = @DATE_VERSION@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
DESKTOP_I18N = @DESKTOP_I18N@
DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE = @DESKTOP_I18N_CREATE@
DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR = @DESKTOP_I18N_LOCALE_DIR@
DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT = @DESKTOP_I18N_SCRIPT@
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
DOT = @DOT@
DOTTED_VERSION = @DOTTED_VERSION@
DOXYGEN = @DOXYGEN@
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
ETAGS = @ETAGS@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
FGREP = @FGREP@
FILE = @FILE@
FILECMD = @FILECMD@
GCC_CFLAGS = @GCC_CFLAGS@
GDK_CFLAGS = @GDK_CFLAGS@
GDK_LIBS = @GDK_LIBS@
GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS = @GDK_PIXBUF_CFLAGS@
GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS = @GDK_PIXBUF_LIBS@
GETTEXT = @GETTEXT@
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
GIO_CFLAGS = @GIO_CFLAGS@
GIO_LIBS = @GIO_LIBS@
GIT = @GIT@
GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@
GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
GREP = @GREP@
GROFF = @GROFF@
GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS = @GTKEXTRA_CFLAGS@
GTKEXTRA_LIBS = @GTKEXTRA_LIBS@
GTKSHEET_CFLAGS = @GTKSHEET_CFLAGS@
GTKSHEET_LIBS = @GTKSHEET_LIBS@
GTK_CFLAGS = @GTK_CFLAGS@
GTK_LIBS = @GTK_LIBS@
GUILD = @GUILD@
GUILE = @GUILE@
GUILE_CFLAGS = @GUILE_CFLAGS@
GUILE_CONFIG = @GUILE_CONFIG@
GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION = @GUILE_EFFECTIVE_VERSION@
GUILE_LDFLAGS = @GUILE_LDFLAGS@
GUILE_LIBS = @GUILE_LIBS@
GUILE_LTLIBS = @GUILE_LTLIBS@
GUILE_PKG_NAME = @GUILE_PKG_NAME@
GUILE_TOOLS = @GUILE_TOOLS@
HAVE_GIT_REPO = @HAVE_GIT_REPO@
ICON_THEME_INSTALLER = @ICON_THEME_INSTALLER@
IM_COMPARE = @IM_COMPARE@
IM_CONVERT = @IM_CONVERT@
IM_IDENTIFY = @IM_IDENTIFY@
INKSCAPE = @INKSCAPE@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
LD = @LD@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LEPTONDATADIR = @LEPTONDATADIR@
LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR = @LEPTON_CCACHE_DIR@
LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR = @LEPTON_SCHEME_DIR@
LEX = @LEX@
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONATTRIB_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTONGUI_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTONGUI_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN = @LIBLEPTON_GETTEXT_DOMAIN@
LIBLEPTON_MAJOR = @LIBLEPTON_MAJOR@
LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION = @LIBLEPTON_SHLIB_VERSION@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_CPPFLAGS@
LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS = @LIBSTROKE_LDFLAGS@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
LIPO = @LIPO@
LN_S = @LN_S@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
M4 = @M4@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
MINGW_CFLAGS = @MINGW_CFLAGS@
MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS = @MINGW_GUI_LDFLAGS@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
NM = @NM@
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS = @PANGOCAIRO_CFLAGS@
PANGOCAIRO_LIBS = @PANGOCAIRO_LIBS@
PANGO_CFLAGS = @PANGO_CFLAGS@
PANGO_LIBS = @PANGO_LIBS@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
PCBDATADIR = @PCBDATADIR@
PCBLIBPATH = @PCBLIBPATH@
PCBM4DIR = @PCBM4DIR@
PDFLATEX = @PDFLATEX@
PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SED = @SED@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE = @UPDATE_DESKTOP_DATABASE@
UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE = @UPDATE_MIME_DATABASE@
URI_VIEWER = @URI_VIEWER@
USE_LDCONFIG = @USE_LDCONFIG@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS = @WINDOWS_LIBTOOL_FLAGS@
XDGDATADIR = @XDGDATADIR@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build = @build@
build_alias = @build_alias@
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
build_os = @build_os@
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
builddir = @builddir@
datadir = @datadir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
docdir = @docdir@
dvidir = @dvidir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host = @host@
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
host_os = @host_os@
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
htmldir = @htmldir@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localedir = @localedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
psdir = @psdir@
runstatedir = @runstatedir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
EXTRA_DIST = content.txt syntax_architecture.txt syntax_entity.txt \
vams_mode.txt
docsreadmedir = $(docdir)/readmes
docsreadme_DATA = vams_mode.txt syntax_architecture.txt syntax_entity.txt
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/netlist/docs/vams/Makefile'; \
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign utils/netlist/docs/vams/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
mostlyclean-libtool:
-rm -f *.lo
clean-libtool:
-rm -rf .libs _libs
install-docsreadmeDATA: $(docsreadme_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
@list='$(docsreadme_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsreadmedir)" || list=; \
if test -n "$$list"; then \
echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)'"; \
$(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)" || exit 1; \
fi; \
for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
echo "$$d$$p"; \
done | $(am__base_list) | \
while read files; do \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)" || exit $$?; \
done
uninstall-docsreadmeDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(docsreadme_DATA)'; test -n "$(docsreadmedir)" || list=; \
files=`for p in $$list; do echo $$p; done | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`; \
dir='$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
tags TAGS:
ctags CTAGS:
cscope cscopelist:
distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
case $$dist_files in \
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
sort -u` ;; \
esac; \
for file in $$dist_files; do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
fi; \
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
else \
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(docsreadmedir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
install; \
else \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
fi
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
html-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-docsreadmeDATA
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
install-dvi-am:
install-exec-am:
install-html: install-html-am
install-html-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am:
install-man:
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
install-pdf-am:
install-ps: install-ps-am
install-ps-am:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-docsreadmeDATA
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-docsreadmeDATA install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-docsreadmeDATA
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/vams/syntax_entity.txt 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000000622 14244335522 020772 0000000 0000000 LIBRARY {,};
USE {,};
ENTITY IS
[GENERIC ( : REAL :=
{; : REAL := }); ]
[PORT ( : []
{; : [] });]
END ENTITY;
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/vams/content.txt 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000001224 14244335522 017521 0000000 0000000 VHDL-AMS support for gEDA gnetlist tool
1. functionality
1. ARCHITECTURE generation
2. ENTITY generation
3. automatisate gnetlist calls
2. implementation
1. the vams mode of gEDA gnetlist
1. scheme
1. settings and new definition
2. gnet-vams.scm
1. routines main structure
???
3. helpfully setting in gEDA gschem environment
2. new c-code
1. routines
2. code-adaptation
2. automatic generating gnetlist calls in gEDA gschem
1. generated gEDA gnetlist calls
2. scheme
1. generate_netlist.scm
2. settings
3. new c-code
1. routines
2. code-adaptation
lepton-eda-1.9.18/utils/netlist/docs/vams/syntax_architecture.txt 0000644 0001750 0001750 00000000575 14244335522 022147 0000000 0000000 ARCHITECTURE OF IS
{ : subnet-kind;}
BEGIN
{